TABLE OF CONTENTS
ANNEX II
5
1.Forestry5
1.1.Afforestation5
1.2.Rehabilitation and restoration of forests, including reforestation and natural forest regeneration after an extreme event13
1.3.Forest management21
1.4.Conservation forestry27
2.Environmental protection and restoration activities34
2.1.Restoration of wetlands34
3.Manufacturing39
3.1.Manufacture of renewable energy technologies39
3.2.Manufacture of equipment for the production and use of hydrogen41
3.3.Manufacture of low carbon technologies for transport44
3.4.Manufacture of batteries49
3.5.Manufacture of energy efficiency equipment for buildings52
3.6.Manufacture of other low carbon technologies55
3.7.Manufacture of cement58
3.8.Manufacture of aluminium61
3.9.Manufacture of iron and steel63
3.10.Manufacture of hydrogen67
3.11.Manufacture of carbon black70
3.12.Manufacture of soda ash72
3.13.Manufacture of chlorine75
3.14.Manufacture of organic basic chemicals78
3.15.Manufacture of anhydrous ammonia82
3.16.Manufacture of nitric acid85
3.17.Manufacture of plastics in primary form87
4.Energy91
4.1.Electricity generation using solar photovoltaic technology91
4.2.Electricity generation using concentrated solar power (CSP) technology93
4.3.Electricity generation from wind power95
4.4.Electricity generation from ocean energy technologies98
4.5.Electricity generation from hydropower100
4.6.Electricity generation from geothermal energy105
4.7.Electricity generation from renewable non-fossil gaseous and liquid fuels107
4.8.Electricity generation from bioenergy110
4.9.Transmission and distribution of electricity113
4.10.Storage of electricity116
4.11.Storage of thermal energy119
4.12.Storage of hydrogen121
4.13.Manufacture of biogas and biofuels for use in transport and of bioliquids123
4.14.Transmission and distribution networks for renewable and low-carbon gases126
4.15.District heating/cooling distribution128
4.16.Installation and operation of electric heat pumps131
4.17.Cogeneration of heat/cool and power from solar energy133
4.18.Cogeneration of heat/cool and power from geothermal energy135
4.19.Cogeneration of heat/cool and power from renewable non-fossil gaseous and liquid fuels138
4.20.Cogeneration of heat/cool and power from bioenergy140
4.21.Production of heat/cool from solar thermal heating143
4.22.Production of heat/cool from geothermal energy146
4.23.Production of heat/cool from renewable non-fossil gaseous and liquid fuels148
4.24.Production of heat/cool from bioenergy150
4.25.Production of heat/cool using waste heat153
5.Water supply, sewerage, waste management and remediation activities156
5.1.Construction, extension and operation of water collection, treatment and supply systems156
5.2.Renewal of water collection, treatment and supply systems158
5.3.Construction, extension and operation of waste water collection and treatment160
5.4.Renewal of waste water collection and treatment163
5.5.Collection and transport of non-hazardous waste in source segregated fractions166
5.6.Anaerobic digestion of sewage sludge168
5.7.Anaerobic digestion of bio-waste171
5.8.Composting of bio-waste173
5.9.Material recovery from non-hazardous waste176
5.10.Landfill gas capture and utilisation178
5.11.Transport of CO2181
5.12.Underground permanent geological storage of CO2183
6.Transport185
6.1.Passenger interurban rail transport185
6.2.Freight rail transport188
6.3.Urban and suburban transport, road passenger transport190
6.4.Operation of personal mobility devices, cycle logistics193
6.5.Transport by motorbikes, passenger cars and commercial vehicles195
6.6.Freight transport services by road198
6.7.Inland passenger water transport201
6.8.Inland freight water transport204
6.9.Retrofitting of inland water passenger and freight transport206
6.10.Sea and coastal freight water transport, vessels for port operations and auxiliary activities208
6.11.Sea and coastal passenger water transport212
6.12.Retrofitting of sea and coastal freight and passenger water transport216
6.13.Infrastructure for personal mobility, cycle logistics219
6.14.Infrastructure for rail transport222
6.15.Infrastructure enabling road transport and public transport225
6.16.Infrastructure for water transport228
6.17.Airport infrastructure232
7.Construction and real estate236
7.1.Construction of new buildings236
7.2.Renovation of existing buildings240
7.3.Installation, maintenance and repair of energy efficiency equipment243
7.4.Installation, maintenance and repair of charging stations for electric vehicles in buildings (and parking spaces attached to buildings)246
7.5.Installation, maintenance and repair of instruments and devices for measuring, regulation and controlling energy performance of buildings249
7.6.Installation, maintenance and repair of renewable energy technologies251
7.7.Acquisition and ownership of buildings254
8.Information and communication257
8.1.Data processing, hosting and related activities257
8.2.Computer programming, consultancy and related activities260
8.3.Programming and broadcasting activities262
9.Professional, scientific and technical activities265
9.1.Engineering activities and related technical consultancy dedicated to adaptation to climate change265
9.2.Close to market research, development and innovation267
10.Financial and insurance activities270
10.1.Non-life insurance: underwriting of climate-related perils270
10.2.Reinsurance273
11.Education276
12.Human health and social work activities278
12.1.Residential care activities278
13.Arts, entertainment and recreation281
13.1.Creative, arts and entertainment activities281
13.2.Libraries, archives, museums and cultural activities283
13.3.Motion picture, video and television programme production, sound recording and music publishing activities286
Appendix A: Classification of climate-related hazards290
Appendix B: Generic criteria for DNSH to sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources291
Appendix C: Generic criteria for DNSH to pollution prevention and control regarding use and presence of chemicals292
Appendix D: Generic criteria for DNSH to protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems293
ANNEX II
Technical screening criteria for determining the conditions under which an economic activity qualifies as contributing substantially to climate change adaptation and for determining whether that economic activity causes no significant harm to any of the other environmental objectives
1.Forestry
1.1.Afforestation
Description of the activity
Establishment of forest through planting, deliberate seeding or natural regeneration on land that, until then, was under a different land use or not used. Afforestation implies a transformation of land use from non-forest to forest, in accordance with the Food and Agriculture Organisation of the United Nations (‘FAO’) definition of afforestation, where forest means a land matching the forest definition as set out in national law, or where not available, is in accordance with the FAO definition of forest. Afforestation may cover past afforestation as long as it takes place in the period between the planting of the trees and the time when the land use is recognised as a forest.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code A2 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006. Activities are limited to NACE II 02.10, i.e. silviculture and other forestry activities, 02.20, i.e. logging, 02.30, i.e. gathering of wild growing non-wood products and 02.40, i.e. support services to forestry.
Where an economic activity in this category complies with the substantial contribution criterion specified in point 5, the activity is an enabling activity as referred to in Article 11(1), point (b), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, provided that it meets the technical screening criteria set out in this section.
Technical screening criteria
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 years climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
5. In order for an activity to be considered as an enabling activity as referred to in Article 11(1), point (b), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, the economic operator demonstrates, through an assessment of current and future climate risks, including uncertainty and based on robust data, that the activity provides a technology, product, service, information, or practice, or promotes their uses with one of the following primary objectives:
(a)increasing the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)contributing to adaptation efforts of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities.
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
1. Afforestation plan and subsequent forest management plan or equivalent instrument
1.1. The area on which the activity takes place is covered by an afforestation plan of a duration of at least five years, or the minimum period prescribed in national law, developed prior to the start of the activity, and continuously updated until this area matches the definition of forest as set out in national law or where not available, is in line with the FAO definition of forest.
The afforestation plan contains all elements required by the national law relating to environmental impact assessment of afforestation.
1.2. Preferably through the afforestation plan, or if information is missing, through any other document, detailed information is provided on the following points:
(a)description of the area according to its gazetting in the land registry;
(b)site preparation and its impacts on pre-existing carbon stocks, including soils and above-ground biomass, in order to protect land with high carbon stock;
(c)management goals, including major constraints;
(d)general strategies and activities planned to reach the management goals, including expected operations over the whole forest cycle;
(e)definition of the forest habitat context, including main existing and intended forest tree species, and their extent and distribution;
(f)compartments, roads, rights of way and other public access, physical features including waterways, areas under legal and other restrictions;
(g)measures deployed to establish and maintain the good condition of forest ecosystems;
(h)consideration of societal issues (including preservation of landscape, consultation of stakeholders in accordance with the terms and conditions laid down in national law);
(i)assessment of forest related risks, including forest fires, and pests and diseases outbreaks, with the aim of preventing, reducing and controlling the risks and measures deployed to ensure protection and adaptation against residual risks;
(j)assessment of impact on food security;
(k)all DNSH criteria relevant to afforestation.
1.3. When the area becomes a forest, the afforestation plan is followed by a subsequent forest management plan or an equivalent instrument, as set out in national law or, where national law does not define a forest management plan or equivalent instrument, as referred to in the FAO definition of ‘forest area with long-term forest management plan’. The forest management plan or the equivalent instrument covers a period of 10 years or more and is continuously updated.
1.4. Information is provided on the following points that are not already documented in the forest management plan or equivalent system:
(a)management goals, including major constraints;
(b)general strategies and activities planned to reach the management goals, including expected operations over the whole forest cycle;
(c)definition of the forest habitat context, including main existing and intended forest tree species, and their extent and distribution;
(d)definition of the area according to its gazetting in the land registry;
(e)compartments, roads, rights of way and other public access, physical features including waterways, areas under legal and other restrictions;
(f)measures deployed to maintain the good condition of forest ecosystems;
(g)consideration of societal issues (including preservation of landscape, consultation of stakeholders in accordance with the terms and conditions laid down in national law);
(h)assessment of forest related risks, including forest fires, and pests and diseases outbreaks, with the aim of preventing, reducing and controlling the risks and measures deployed to ensure protection and adaptation against residual risks
(i)all DNSH criteria relevant to forest management.
1.5. The activity follows the best afforestation practices laid down in national law, or, where no such best afforestation practices have been laid down in national law, the activity complies with one of the following criteria:
(a)the activity complies with Delegated Regulation (EU) No 807/2014;
(b)the activity follows the “Pan-European Guidelines for Afforestation and Reforestation with a special focus on the provisions of the UNFCCC”.
1.6. The activity does not involve the degradation of land with high carbon stock.
1.7. The management system associated with the activity in place complies with the due diligence obligation and legality requirements laid down in Regulation (EU) No 995/2010.
1.8. The afforestation plan and the subsequent forest management plan or equivalent instrument provides for monitoring that ensures the correctness of the information contained in the plan, in particular as regards the data relating to the involved area.
2. Audit
Within two years after the beginning of the activity and every 10 years thereafter, the compliance of the activity with the substantial contribution to climate change mitigation criteria and the DNSH criteria are verified by either of the following:
(a)the relevant national competent authorities;
(b)an independent third-party certifier, at the request of national authorities or the operator of the activity.
In order to reduce costs, audits may be performed together with any forest certification, climate certification or other audit.
The independent third-party certifier may not have any conflict of interest with the owner or the funder, and may not be involved in the development or operation of the activity.
3.Group assessment
The compliance with the DNSH criteria may be checked:
(a)at the level of the forest sourcing area level as defined by Directive (EU) 2018/2001;
(b)at the level of a group of forest holdings sufficiently homogeneous to evaluate the risk of the sustainability of the forest activity, provided that all those holdings have a durable relationship between them and participate in the activity and the group of those holdings remains the same for all subsequent audits.
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
Detailed information referred to in point 1.2. (i) includes provisions to comply with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
The use of pesticides is reduced and alternative approaches or techniques, which may include non-chemical alternatives to pesticides, are favoured, in accordance with Directive 2009/128/EC, with exception of occasions where the use of pesticides is needed to control outbreaks of pests and of diseases.
The activity minimises the use of fertilisers and does not use manure. The activity complies with Regulation (EU) 2019/1009 or national rules on fertilisers or soil improvers for agricultural use
Well documented and verifiable measures are taken to avoid the use of active ingredients that are listed in Annex I, part A, of Regulation (EU) 2019/1021, the Rotterdam Convention on the prior informed consent procedure for certain hazardous chemicals and pesticides in international trade, the Minamata Convention on Mercury, the Montreal Protocol on Substances that Deplete the Ozone Layer, and of active ingredients that are listed as classification Ia (‘extremely hazardous’) or Ib (‘highly hazardous’) in the WHO Recommended Classification of Pesticides by Hazard. The activity complies with the relevant national law on active ingredients.
Pollution of water and soil is prevented and cleaning up measures are undertaken when pollution occurs.
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
In areas designated by the national competent authority for conservation or in habitats that are protected, the activity is in accordance with the conservation objectives for those areas.
There is no conversion of habitats specifically sensitive to biodiversity loss or with high conservation value, or of areas set aside for the restoration of such habitats in accordance with national law.
Detailed information referred to in points 1.2(k) (Afforestation plan) and 1.4(i) (Forest management plan or equivalent system) includes provisions for maintaining and possibly enhancing biodiversity in accordance with national and local provisions, including the following:
(a)ensuring the good conservation status of habitat and species, maintenance of typical habitat species;
(b)excluding the use or release of invasive species;
(c)excluding the use of non-native species unless it can be demonstrated that:
(i)the use of the forest reproductive material leads to favourable and appropriate ecosystem conditions (such as climate, soil criteria, and vegetation zone, forest fire resilience);
(ii)the native species currently present on the site are not anymore adapted to projected climatic and pedo-hydrological conditions;
(d)ensuring the maintenance and improvement of physical, chemical and biological quality of the soil;
(e)promoting biodiversity-friendly practices that enhance forests’ natural processes;
(f)excluding the conversion of high-biodiverse ecosystems into less biodiverse ones;
(g)ensuring the diversity of associated habitats and species linked to the forest;
(h)ensuring the diversity of stand structures and maintenance or enhancing of mature stage stands and dead wood.
|
1.2.Rehabilitation and restoration of forests, including reforestation and natural forest regeneration after an extreme event
Description of the activity
Rehabilitation and restoration of forests as defined by national law. Where national law does not contain such a definition, rehabilitation and restoration refers to a definition with broad agreement in the peer-reviewed scientific literature for specific countries or a definition in line with the FAO concept of forest restoration or a definition in line with one of the definitions of ecological restoration applied to forest, or forest rehabilitation under the Convention on Biological Diversity. The economic activities also include forest activities in line with the FAO definition of “reforestation” and “naturally regenerating forest” after an extreme event, where extreme event is defined by national law, and where national law does not contain such a definition, is in line with the IPCC definition of extreme weather event; or after a wildfire, where wildfire is defined by national law, and where national law does not contain such a definition, as defined in the European Glossary for wildfires and forest fires.
The economic activities in this category imply no change of land use and occurs on degraded land matching the forest definition as set out in national law, or where not available, is in accordance with the FAO definition of forest.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code A2 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006. The economic activities in this category are limited to NACE II 02.10, i.e. silviculture and other forestry activities, 02.20, i.e. logging 02.30, i.e. gathering of wild growing non-wood products and 02.40, i.e. support services to forestry.
Where an economic activity in this category complies with the substantial contribution criterion specified in point 5, the activity is an enabling activity as referred to in Article 11(1), point (b), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, provided that it meets the technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
Technical screening criteria
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
5. In order for an activity to be considered as an enabling activity as referred to in Article 11(1), point (b), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, the economic operator demonstrates, through an assessment of current and future climate risks, including uncertainty and based on robust data, that the activity provides a technology, product, service, information, or practice, or promotes their uses with one of the following primary objectives:
(a)increasing the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)contributing to adaptation efforts of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities.
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
1. Forest management plan or equivalent instrument
1.1. The activity takes place on area that is subject to a forest management plan or an equivalent instrument, as set out in national law or, where national law does not define a forest management plan or equivalent instrument, as referred to in the FAO definition of ‘forest area with long-term forest management plan’.
The forest management plan or the equivalent instrument covers a period of 10 years or more, and is continuously updated.
1.2. Information is provided on the following points that are not already documented in the forest management plan or equivalent system:
(a)management goals, including major constraints;
(b)general strategies and activities planned to reach the management goals, including expected operations over the whole forest cycle;
(c)definition of the forest habitat context, including main existing and intended forest tree species, and their extent and distribution;
(d)definition of the area according to its gazetting in the land registry;
(e)compartments, roads, rights of way and other public access, physical features including waterways, areas under legal and other restrictions;
(f)measures deployed to maintain the good condition of forest ecosystems;
(g)consideration of societal issues (including preservation of landscape, consultation of stakeholders in accordance with the terms and conditions laid down in national law);
(h)assessment of forest related risks, including forest fires, and pests and diseases outbreaks, with the aim of preventing, reducing and controlling the risks and measures deployed to ensure protection and adaptation against residual risks;
(i)all DNSH criteria relevant to forest management.
1.3. The sustainability of the forest management systems, as documented in the plan referred to in point 1.1, is ensured by choosing the most ambitious of the following approaches:
(a)the forest management matches the applicable national definition of sustainable forest management;
(b)the forest management matches the Forest Europe definition of sustainable forest management and complies with the Pan-European Operational Level Guidelines for Sustainable Forest Management;
(c)the management system in place complies with the forest sustainability criteria laid down in Article 29(6) of Directive (EU) 2018/2001, and as of the date of its application with the implementing act on operational guidance for energy from forest biomass adopted under Article 29(8) of that Directive.
1.4. The activity does not involve the degradation of land with high carbon stock.
1.5. The management system associated with the activity in place complies with the due diligence obligation and legality requirements laid down in Regulation (EU) No 995/2010.
1.6. The forest management plan or equivalent instrument provides for monitoring which ensures the correctness of the information contained in the plan, in particular as regards the data relating to the involved area.
2. Audit
Within two years after the beginning of the activity and every 10 years thereafter, the compliance of the activity with the substantial contribution to climate change mitigation criteria and the DNSH criteria are verified by either of the following:
(a)the relevant national competent authorities;
(b)an independent third-party certifier, at the request of national authorities or the operator of the activity.
In order to reduce costs, audits may be performed together with any forest certification, climate certification or other audit.
The independent third-party certifier may not have any conflict of interest with the owner or the funder, and may not be involved in the development or operation of the activity.
3.Group assessment
The compliance with the DNSH criteria may be checked:
(a)at the level of the forest sourcing area as defined by Directive (EU) 2018/2001;
(b)at the level of a group of holdings sufficiently homogeneous to evaluate the risk of the sustainability of the forest activity, provided that all those holdings have a durable relationship between them and participate in the activity and the group of those holdings remains the same for all subsequent audits.
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
Detailed information referred to in point 1.2. (i) includes provisions to comply with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
The silvicultural change induced by the activity on the area covered by the activity is not likely to result in a significant reduction of sustainable supply of primary forest biomass suitable for the manufacturing of wood products with long-term circularity potential. This criterion may be demonstrated through the climate benefits analysis referred to in point (2).
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
The use of pesticides is reduced and alternative approaches or techniques, which may include non-chemical alternatives to pesticides, are favoured, in accordance with Directive 2009/128/EC, with exception of occasions where the use of pesticides is needed to control outbreaks of pests and of diseases.
The activity minimises the use of fertilisers and does not use manure. The activity complies with Regulation (EU) 2019/1009 or national rules on fertilisers or soil improvers for agricultural use.
Well documented and verifiable measures are taken to avoid the use of active ingredients that are listed in Annex I, part A, of Regulation (EU) 2019/1021, the Rotterdam Convention on the Prior prior informed consent procedure for certain hazardous chemicals and pesticides in international trade, the Minamata Convention on Mercury, the Montreal Protocol on Substances that Deplete the Ozone Layer, and of active ingredients that are listed as classification Ia (‘extremely hazardous’) or Ib (‘highly hazardous’) in the WHO Recommended Classification of Pesticides by Hazard. The activity complies with the relevant national law on active ingredients.
Pollution of water and soil is prevented and cleaning up measures are undertaken when pollution occurs.
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
In areas designated by the national competent authority for conservation or in habitats that are protected, the activity is in accordance with the conservation objectives for those areas.
There is no conversion of habitats specifically sensitive to biodiversity loss or with high conservation value, or of areas set aside for the restoration of such habitats in accordance with national law.
Detailed information referred to in point 1.2.(i) includes provisions for maintaining and possibly enhancing biodiversity in accordance with national and local provisions, including the following:
(a)ensuring the good conservation status of habitat and species, maintenance of typical habitat species;
(b)excluding the use or release of invasive alien species;
(c)excluding the use of non-native species unless it can be demonstrated that:
(i)the use of the forest reproductive material leads to favourable and appropriate ecosystem conditions (such as climate, soil criteria, and vegetation zone, forest fire resilience);
(ii)the native species currently present on the site are not anymore adapted to projected climatic and pedo-hydrological conditions;
(d)ensuring the maintenance and improvement of physical, chemical and biological quality of the soil;
(e)promoting biodiversity-friendly practices that enhance forests’ natural processes;
(f)excluding the conversion of high-biodiverse ecosystems into less biodiverse ones;
(g)ensuring the diversity of associated habitats and species linked to the forest;
(h)ensuring the diversity of stand structures and maintenance or enhancing of mature stage stands and dead wood.
|
1.3.Forest management
Description of the activity
Forest management as defined by national law. Where national law does not contain such a definition, forest management refers to any economic activity resulting from a system applicable to a forest that influences the ecological, economic or social functions of the forest. Forest management assumes no change in land use and occurs on land matching the definition of forest as set out in national law, or where not available, in accordance with the FAO definition of forest.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code A2 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006. The economic activities in this category are limited to NACE II 02.10, i.e. silviculture and other forestry activities, 02.20, i.e. logging, 02.30, i.e. gathering of wild growing non-wood products and 02.40, i.e. support services to forestry.
Where an economic activity in this category complies with the substantial contribution criterion specified in point 5, the activity is an enabling activity as referred to in Article 11(1), point (b), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, provided that it meets the technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
Technical screening criteria
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
5. In order for an activity to be considered as an enabling activity as referred to in Article 11(1), point (b), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, the economic operator demonstrates, through an assessment of current and future climate risks, including uncertainty and based on robust data, that the activity provides a technology, product, service, information, or practice, or promotes their uses with one of the following primary objectives:
(a)increasing the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)contributing to adaptation efforts of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities.
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
1. Forest management plan or equivalent instrument
1.1. The activity takes place on area that is subject to a forest management plan or an equivalent instrument, as set out in national law or, where national law does not define a forest management plan, as referred to in the FAO definition of ‘forest area with long-term forest management plan’.
The forest management plan or equivalent instrument covers a period of 10 years or more and is continuously updated.
1.2. Information is provided on the following points that are not already documented in the forest management plan or equivalent system:
(a)management goals, including major constraints;
(b)general strategies and activities planned to reach the management goals, including expected operations over the whole forest cycle;
(c)definition of the forest habitat context, including main existing and intended forest tree species, and their extent and distribution;
(d)definition of the area according to its gazetting in the land registry;
(e)compartments, roads, rights of way and other public access, physical features including waterways, areas under legal and other restrictions;
(f)measures deployed to establish and maintain the good condition of forest ecosystems;
(g)consideration of societal issues (including preservation of landscape, consultation of stakeholders in accordance with the terms and conditions laid down in national law);
(h)assessment of forest related risks, including forest fires, and pests and diseases outbreaks, with the aim of preventing, reducing and controlling the risks and measures deployed to ensure protection and adaptation against residual risks;
(i)all DNSH criteria relevant for forest management.
1.3. The sustainability of the forest management system, as documented in the plan referred to in point 1.1, is ensured by choosing the most ambitious of the following approaches:
(a)the forest management matches the applicable national definition of sustainable forest management;
(b)the forest management matches the Forest Europe definition of sustainable forest management and complies with the Pan-European Operational Level Guidelines for Sustainable Forest Management;
(c)the management system in place show compliance with the forest sustainability criteria set out in Article 29(6) of Directive (EU) 2018/2001, and as of the date of its application with the implementing act on operational guidance for energy from forest biomass adopted under Article 29(8) of that Directive.
1.4. The activity does not involve the degradation of land with high carbon stock.
1.5. The management system associated with the activity in place complies with the due diligence obligation and legality requirements laid down in Regulation (EU) No 995/2010.
1.6. The forest management plan or equivalent document provides for monitoring which ensures the correctness of the information contained in the plan, in particular as regards the data relating to the involved area.
2. Audit
Within two years after the beginning of the activity and every 10 years thereafter, the compliance of the activity with the substantial contribution to climate change mitigation criteria and the DNSH criteria are verified by either of the following:
(a)the relevant national competent authorities;
(b)an independent third-party certifier, at the request of national authorities or the operator of the activity.
In order to reduce costs, audits may be performed together with any forest certification, climate certification or other audit.
The independent third-party certifier may not have any conflict of interest with the owner or the funder, and may not be involved in the development or operation of the activity.
3. Group assessment
The compliance with the DNSH criteria may be checked:
(a)at the level of the forest sourcing area as defined by Directive (EU) 2018/2001;
(b)at the level of a group of holdings sufficiently homogeneous to evaluate the risk of the sustainability of the forest activity, provided that all those holdings have a durable relationship between them and participate in the activity and the group of those holdings remains the same for all subsequent audits.
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
Detailed information referred to in point 1.2. (i) includes provisions to comply with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
The silvicultural change induced by the activity on the area covered by the activity is not likely to result in a significant reduction of sustainable supply of primary forest biomass suitable for the manufacturing of wood products with long-term circularity potential. This criterion may be demonstrated through the climate benefits analysis referred to in point (2).
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
The use of pesticides is reduced and alternative approaches or techniques, which may include non-chemical alternatives to pesticides, are favoured, in accordance with Directive 2009/128/EC, with exception of occasions where the use of pesticides is needed to control outbreaks of pests and of diseases.
The activity minimised the use of fertilisers and does not use manure. The activity complies with Regulation (EU) 2019/1009 or national rules on fertilisers or soil improvers for agricultural use.
Well documented and verifiable measures are taken to avoid the use of active ingredients that are listed in Annex I, part A, of Regulation (EU) 2019/1021, the Rotterdam Convention on the prior informed consent procedure for certain hazardous chemicals and pesticides in international trade, the Minamata Convention on Mercury, the Montreal Protocol on Substances that Deplete the Ozone Layer, and of active ingredients that are listed as classification Ia (‘extremely hazardous’) or Ib (‘highly hazardous’) in the WHO Recommended Classification of Pesticides by Hazard. The activity complies with the relevant national law on active ingredients.
Pollution of water and soil is prevented and cleaning up measures are undertaken when pollution occurs.
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
In areas designated by the national competent authority for conservation or in habitats that are protected, the activity is in accordance with the conservation objectives for those areas.
There is no conversion of habitats specifically sensitive to biodiversity loss or with high conservation value, or of areas set aside for the restoration of such habitats in accordance with national law.
Detailed information referred to in in points 1.2.(i) includes provisions for maintaining and possibly enhancing biodiversity in accordance with national and local provisions, including the following:
(a)ensuring the good conservation status of habitat and species, maintenance of typical habitat species;
(b)excluding the use or release of invasive alien species;
(c)excluding the use of non-native species unless it can be demonstrated that:
(i)the use of the forest reproductive material leads to favourable and appropriate ecosystem condition (such as climate, soil criteria, and vegetation zone, forest fire resilience);
(ii)the native species currently present on the site are not anymore adapted to projected climatic and pedo-hydrological conditions;
(d)ensuring the maintenance and improvement of physical, chemical and biological quality of the soil;
(e)promoting biodiversity-friendly practices that enhance forests’ natural processes;
(f)excluding the conversion of high-biodiverse ecosystems into less biodiverse ones;
(g)ensuring the diversity of associated habitats and species linked to the forest;
(h)ensuring the diversity of stand structures and maintenance or enhancing of mature stage stands and dead wood.
|
1.4.Conservation forestry
Description of the activity
Forest management activities with the objective of preserving one or more habitats or species. Conservation forestry assumes no change in land category and occurs on land matching the forest definition as set out in national law, or where not available, in accordance with the FAO definition of forest.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code A2 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006. The economic activities in this category are limited to NACE II 02.10, i.e. silviculture and other forestry activities, 02.20, i.e. logging, 02.30, i.e. gathering of wild growing non-wood products and 02.40, i.e. support services to forestry.
Where an economic activity in this category complies with the substantial contribution criterion specified in point 5, the activity is an enabling activity as referred to in Article 11(1), point (b), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, provided that it meets the technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
Technical screening criteria
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
5. In order for an activity to be considered as an enabling activity as referred to in Article 11(1), point (b), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, the economic operator demonstrates, through an assessment of current and future climate risks, including uncertainty and based on robust data, that the activity provides a technology, product, service, information, or practice, or promotes their uses with one of the following primary objectives:
(a)increasing the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities; or
(b)contributing to adaptation efforts of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities.
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
1. Forest management plan or equivalent instrument
1.1. The activity takes place on area that is subject to a forest management plan or an equivalent instrument, as set out in national law or, where national regulation dos not define a forest management plan, as referred to in the FAO definition of ‘forest area with long-term forest management plan’.
The forest management plan or the equivalent instrument covers a period of 10 years or more and is continuously updated.
1.2. Information is provided on the following points that are not already documented in the forest management plan or equivalent system:
(a)management goals, including major constraints;
(b)general strategies and activities planned to reach the management goals, including expected operations over the whole forest cycle;
(c)definition of the forest habitat context, main forest tree species and those intended and their extent and distribution, in accordance to the local forest ecosystem context;
(d)definition of the area according to its gazetting in the land registry;
(e)compartments, roads, rights of way and other public access, physical features including waterways, areas under legal and other restrictions;
(f)measures deployed to maintain the good condition of forest ecosystems;
(g)consideration of societal issues (including preservation of landscape, consultation of stakeholders in accordance with the terms and conditions laid down in national law);
(h)assessment of forest related risks, including forest fires, and pests and diseases outbreaks, with the aim of preventing, reducing and controlling the risks and measures deployed to ensure protection and adaptation against residual risks;
(i)all DNSH relevant to forest management.
1.3. The forest management plan or the equivalent instrument:
(a)shows a primary designated management objective that consists in protection of soil and water, conservation of biodiversity or social services based on the FAO definitions;
(b)promotes biodiversity-friendly practices that enhance forests’ natural processes;
(c)includes an analysis of:
(i)impacts and pressures on habitat conservation and diversity of associated habitats;
(ii)condition of harvesting minimizing soil impacts;
(iii)other activities that have an impact on conservation objectives, such as hunting and fishing, agricultural, pastoral and forestry activities, industrial, mining, and commercial activities.
1.4. The sustainability of the forest management system as documented in the plan referred to in point 1.1 is ensured by choosing the most ambitious of the following approaches:
(a)the forest management matches the national definition of sustainable forest management, if any;
(b)the forest management matches the Forest Europe definition of sustainable forest management and complies with the Pan-European Operational Level Guidelines for Sustainable Forest Management
(c)the management system in place shows compliance with the forest sustainability criteria as defined in Article 29(6) of Directive (EU) 2018/2001, and as of the date of its application with the implementing act on operational guidance for energy from forest biomass adopted under Article 29(8) of that Directive.
1.5. The activity does not involve the degradation of land with high carbon stock.
1.6. The management system associated with the activity in place complies with the due diligence obligation and legality requirements laid down in Regulation (EU) No 995/2010.1.7. The forest management plan or equivalent instrument provides for monitoring which ensures the correctness of the information contained in the plan, in particular as regards the data relating to the involved area.
2. Audit
Within two years after the beginning of the activity and every 10 years thereafter, the compliance of the activity with the substantial contribution to climate change mitigation criteria and the DNSH criteria are verified by either of the following:
(a)the relevant national competent authorities;
(b)an independent third-party certifier, at the request of national authorities or the operator of the activity.
In order to reduce costs, audits may be performed together with any forest certification, climate certification or other audit.
The independent third-party certifier may not have any conflict of interest with the owner or the funder, and may not be involved in the development or operation of the activity.
3. Group assessment
The compliance with the DNSH criteria may be checked:
(a)at the level of the forest sourcing area as defined by Directive (EU) 2018/2001;
(b)at the level of a group of holdings sufficiently homogeneous to evaluate the risk of the sustainability of the forest activity, provided that all those holdings have a durable relationship between them and participate in the activity and the group of those holdings remains the same for all subsequent audits.
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
Detailed information referred to in point 1.2. (i) includes provisions to comply with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
The silvicultural change induced by the activity on the area covered by the activity is not likely to result in a significant reduction of sustainable supply of primary forest biomass suitable for the manufacturing of wood products with long-term circularity potential. This criterion may be demonstrated through the climate benefits analysis referred to in point (2).
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
The activity does not use pesticides or fertilisers.
Well documented and verifiable measures are taken to avoid the use of active ingredients that are listed in Annex I, part A, of Regulation (EU) 2019/1021, the Rotterdam Convention on the prior informed consent procedure for certain hazardous chemicals and pesticides in international trade, the Minamata Convention on Mercury, the Montreal Protocol on Substances that Deplete the Ozone Layer, and of active ingredients that are listed as classification Ia (‘extremely hazardous’) or Ib (‘highly hazardous’) in the WHO Recommended Classification of Pesticides by Hazard. The activity complies with the relevant national law on active ingredients.
Pollution of water and soil is prevented and cleaning up measures are undertaken when pollution occurs.
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
In areas designated by the national competent authority for conservation or in habitats that are protected, the activity is in accordance with the conservation objectives for those areas.
There is no conversion of habitats specifically sensitive to biodiversity loss or with high conservation value, or of areas set aside for the restoration of such habitats in accordance with national law.
Detailed information referred to in in point 1.2.(i) includes provisions for maintaining and possibly enhancing biodiversity in accordance with national and local provisions, including the following:
(a)ensuring the good conservation status of habitat and species, maintenance of typical habitat species;
(b)excluding the use or release of invasive alien species;
(c)excluding the use of non-native species unless it can be demonstrated that:
(i)the use of the forest reproductive material leads to favourable and appropriate ecosystem conditions (such as climate, soil criteria, and vegetation zone, forest fire resilience);
(ii)the native species currently present on the site are not anymore adapted to projected climatic and pedo-hydrological conditions;
(d)ensuring the maintenance and improvement of physical, chemical and biological quality of the soil;
(e)promoting biodiversity-friendly practices that enhance forests’ natural processes;
(f)excluding the conversion of high-biodiverse ecosystems into less biodiverse ones;
(g)ensuring the diversity of associated habitats and species linked to the forest;
(h)ensuring the diversity of stand structures and maintenance or enhancing of mature stage stands and dead wood.
|
2.Environmental protection and restoration activities
2.1.Restoration of wetlands
Description of the activity
Restoration of wetlands refers to economic activities that promote a return to original conditions of wetlands and economic activities that improve wetland functions without necessarily promoting a return to pre-disturbance conditions, with wetlands meaning land matching international definition of wetland or of peatland as set out in the Ramsar Convention on Wetlands of International Importance especially as Waterfowl Habitat (Ramsar Convention). The concerned area matches the Union definition of wetlands, as provided in the Commission Communication on the wise use and conservation of wetlands.
The economic activities in this category have no dedicated NACE code as referred to in the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006, but relate to class 6 of the statistical classification of environmental protection activities (CEPA) established by Regulation (EU) No 691/2011.
Where an economic activity in this category complies with the substantial contribution criterion specified in point 5, the activity is an enabling activity as referred to in Article 11(1), point (b), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, provided that it meets the technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
Technical screening criteria
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
5. In order for an activity to be considered as an enabling activity as referred to in Article 11(1), point (b), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, the economic operator demonstrates, through an assessment of current and future climate risks, including uncertainty and based on robust data, that the activity provides a technology, product, service, information, or practice, or promotes their uses with one of the following primary objectives:
(a)increasing the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)contributing to adaptation efforts of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities.
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
1.
Restoration plan
1.1. The area is covered by a restoration plan, which is consistent with the Ramsar Convention’s principles and guidelines on wetland restoration, until the area is classified as a wetland and is covered by a wetland management plan, consistent with the Ramsar Convention’s guidelines for management planning for Ramsar sites and other wetlands. For peatlands, the restoration plan follows the recommendations contained in relevant resolutions of the Ramsar Convention, including the resolution XIII/13.
1.2. The restoration plan contains careful consideration of local hydrological and pedological conditions, including the dynamics of soil saturation and the change of aerobic and anaerobic conditions.
1.3. All wetland management relevant DNSH criteria are addressed in the restoration plan.
1.4. The restoration plan provides for monitoring which ensures the correctness of the information contained in the plan, in particular as regards the data relating to the involved area.
2. Audit
Within two years after the beginning of the activity and every 10 years thereafter, the compliance of the activity with the substantial contribution to climate change mitigation criteria and with the DNSH criteria are verified by either of the following:
(a)the relevant national competent authorities;
(b)an independent third-party certifier, at the request of national authorities or the operator of the activity.
In order to reduce costs, audits may be performed together with any forest certification, climate certification or other audit.
The independent third-party certifier may not have any conflict of interest with the owner or the funder, and may not be involved in the development or operation of the activity.
Group assessment
The compliance with the DNSH criteria may be checked at the level of a group of holdings sufficiently homogeneous to evaluate the risk of the sustainability of the forest activity, provided that all those holdings have a durable relationship between them and participate in the activity and the group of those holdings remains the same for all subsequent audits.
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
Peat extraction is minimised.
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
The use of pesticides is minimised and alternative approaches or techniques, which may include non-chemical alternatives to pesticides are favoured, in accordance with Directive 2009/128/EC, with exception of occasions where the use of pesticides is needed to control outbreaks of pest and diseases.
The activity minimises the use of fertilisers and does not use manure. The activity complies with Regulation (EU) 2019/1009 or national rules on fertilisers or soil improvers for agricultural use.
Well documented and verifiable measures are taken to avoid the use of active ingredients that are listed in Annex I, part A, of Regulation (EU) 2019/1021, the Rotterdam Convention on the prior informed consent procedure for certain hazardous chemicals and pesticides in international trade, the Minamata Convention on Mercury, the Montreal Protocol on Substances that Deplete the Ozone Layer, and of active ingredients that are listed as classification Ia (‘extremely hazardous’) or Ib (‘highly hazardous’) in the WHO recommended Classification of Pesticides by Hazard. The activity complies with the relevant national law on active ingredients.
Pollution of water and soil is prevented and cleaning up measures are undertaken when pollution occurs.
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
In areas designated by the national competent authority for conservation or in habitats that are protected, the activity is in accordance with the conservation objectives for those areas.
There is no conversion of habitats specifically sensitive to biodiversity loss or with high conservation value, or of areas set aside for the restoration of such habitats in accordance with national law.
The plan referred to in point 1 (Restoration Plan) of this Section includes provisions for maintaining and possibly enhancing biodiversity in accordance with national and local provisions, including the following:
(a)ensuring the good conservation status of habitat and species, maintenance of typical habitat species;
(b)excluding the use or release of invasive species.
|
3.Manufacturing
3.1.Manufacture of renewable energy technologies
Description of the activity
Manufacture of renewable energy technologies where renewable energy is as defined in Article 2(1) of Directive (EU) 2018/2001.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular C25, C27, C28 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
N/A
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
The activity assesses the availability of and, where feasible, adopts techniques that support:
(a)reuse and use of secondary raw materials and reused components in products manufactured;
(b)design for high durability, recyclability, easy disassembly and adaptability of products manufactured;
(c)waste management that prioritises recycling over disposal, in the manufacturing process;
(d)information on and traceability of substances of concern throughout the life cycle of the manufactured products
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix C to this Annex.
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
3.2.Manufacture of equipment for the production and use of hydrogen
Description of the activity
Manufacture of equipment for the production and use of hydrogen, where the hydrogen for the production of which equipment is manufactured complies with the life cycle GHG emissions savings requirement of 73.4 % [resulting in life-cycle GHG emissions lower than 3 tCO2e/tH2] and of 70% for hydrogen-based synthetic fuels relative to a fossil fuel comparator of 94g CO2e/MJ in analogy to the approach set out in Article 25(2) of and Annex V to Directive (EU) 2018/2001 of the European Parliament and of the Council.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular C25, C27, C28, in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
N/A
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
The activity assesses the availability of and, where feasible, adopts techniques that support:
(a)reuse and use of secondary raw materials and reused components in products manufactured;
(b)design for high durability, recyclability, easy disassembly and adaptability of products manufactured;
(c)waste management that prioritises recycling over disposal, in the manufacturing process;
(d)information on and traceability of substances of concern throughout the life cycle of the manufactured products.
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix C to this Annex.
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
3.3.Manufacture of low carbon technologies for transport
Description of the activity
Manufacture, repair, maintenance, retrofitting, repurposing and upgrade of low carbon transport vehicles, rolling stock and vessels, where the technology is one of the following:
(a)trains, passenger coaches and wagons that have zero direct (tailpipe) CO2 emissions;
(b)trains, passenger coaches and wagons that have zero direct tailpipe CO2 emission when operated on a track with necessary infrastructure, and use a conventional engine where such infrastructure is not available (bimode);
(c)urban, suburban and road passenger transport devices, where the direct (tailpipe) CO2 emissions of the vehicles are zero;
(d)until 31 December 2025, vehicles designated as categories M2 and M3 that have a type of bodywork classified as ‘CA’ (single-deck vehicle), ‘CB’ (double-deck vehicle), ‘CC’ (single-deck articulated vehicle) or ‘CD’ (double-deck articulated vehicle), and comply with the latest EURO VI standard, i.e. both with the requirements of Regulation (EC) No 595/2009 and, from the time of the entry into force of amendments to that Regulation, in those amending acts, even before they become applicable, and with the latest step of the Euro VI standard set out in Table 1 of Appendix 9 to Annex I to Regulation (EU) No 582/2011 where the provisions governing that step have entered into force but have not yet become applicable for this type of vehicle. Where such standard is not available, the direct CO2 emissions of the vehicles are zero;
(e)personal mobility devices with a propulsion that comes from the physical activity of the user, from a zero-emissions motor, or a mix of zero-emissions motor and physical activity;
(f)vehicles of category M1 and N1 classified as light-duty vehicles with:
(i)until 31 December 2025: specific emissions of CO2, as defined in Article 3(1), point (h), of Regulation (EU) 2019/631, lower than 50gCO2/km (low- and zero-emission light-duty vehicles);
(ii)from 1 January 2026: specific emissions of CO2, as defined in Article 3(1), point (h), of Regulation (EU) 2019/631, are zero;
(g)vehicles of category L with tailpipe CO2 emissions equal to 0g CO2e/km calculated in accordance with the emission test laid down in Regulation (EU) 168/2013;
(h)vehicles of category N2 and N3, and N1classified as heavy-duty vehicles, not dedicated to transporting fossil fuels with a technically permissible maximum laden mass not exceeding 7,5 tonnes that are ‘zero-emission heavy-duty vehicles’ as defined in Regulation (EU) 2019/1242;
(i)vehicles of category N2 and N3 not dedicated to transporting fossil fuels with a technically permissible maximum laden mass exceeding 7,5 tonnes that are zero-emission heavy-duty vehicles’, as defined in Article 3, point (11), of Regulation (EU) 2019/1242 or ‘low-emission heavy-duty vehicles’ as defined in Article 3, point (12) of that Regulation;
(j)inland passenger water transport vessels that:
(i)have zero direct (tailpipe) CO2 emissions;
(ii)until 31 December 2025, are hybrid or dual fuel vessels using at least 50 % of their energy from zero direct (tailpipe) CO2 emission fuels or plug-in power for their normal operation;
(k)inland freight water transport vessels, not dedicated to transporting fossil fuels, that:
(i)have zero direct (tailpipe) CO2 emission;
(ii)until 31 December 2025, have direct (tailpipe) emissions of CO2 per tonne kilometre (gCO2/tkm), calculated (or estimated in case of new vessels) using the Energy Efficiency Operational Indicator, 50 % lower than the average reference value for emissions of CO2 defined for heavy duty vehicles (vehicle subgroup 5- LH) in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation (EU) 2019/1242;
(l)sea and coastal freight water transport vessels, vessels for port operations and auxiliary activities, that are not dedicated to transporting fossil fuels, that:
(i)have zero direct (tailpipe) CO2 emissions;
(ii)until 31 December 2025, are hybrid and dual fuel vessels that derive at least 25 % of their energy from zero direct (tailpipe) CO2 emission fuels or plug-in power for their normal operation at sea and in ports;
(iii)until 31 December 2025, and only where it can be proven that the vessels are used exclusively for operating coastal and short sea services designed to enable modal shift of freight currently transported by land to sea, the vessels that have direct (tailpipe) CO2 emissions, calculated using the International Maritime Organization (IMO) Energy Efficiency Design Index (EEDI), 50 % lower than the average reference CO2 emissions value defined for heavy duty vehicles (vehicle subgroup 5-LH) in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation (EU) 2019/1242;
(iv)until 31 December 2025, the vessels have an attained Energy Efficiency Design Index (EEDI) value 10 % below the EEDI requirements applicable on 1 April 2022 if the vessels are able to run on zero direct (tailpipe) CO2 emission fuels or on fuels from renewable sources;
(m)sea and coastal passenger water transport vessels, not dedicated to transporting fossil fuels, that:
(i)have zero direct (tailpipe) CO2 emissions;
(ii)until 31 December 2025, hybrid and dual fuel vessels derive at least 25 % of their energy from zero direct (tailpipe) CO2 emission fuels or plug-in power for their normal operation at sea and in ports;
(iii)until 31 December 2025, the vessels have an attained Energy Efficiency Design Index (EEDI) value 10 % below the EEDI requirements applicable on 1 April 2022 if the vessels are able to run on zero direct (tailpipe) CO2 emission fuels or on fuels from renewable sources.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular C29.1, C30.1, C30.2, C30.9, C33.15, C33.17 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
N/A
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
The activity assesses the availability of and, where feasible, adopts techniques that support:
(a)reuse and use of secondary raw materials and reused components in products manufactured;
(b)design for high durability, recyclability, easy disassembly and adaptability of products manufactured;
(c)waste management that prioritises recycling over disposal, in the manufacturing process;
(d)information on and traceability of substances of concern throughout the life cycle of the manufactured products.
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix C to this Annex.
Where applicable, vehicles do not contain lead, mercury, hexavalent chromium and cadmium, in accordance with Directive 2000/53/EC.
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
3.4.Manufacture of batteries
Description of the activity
Manufacture of rechargeable batteries, battery packs and accumulators for transport, stationary and off-grid energy storage and other industrial applications and manufacture of respective components (battery active materials, battery cells, casings and electronic components) that result in substantial GHG emission reductions in transport, stationary and off-grid energy storage and other industrial applications.
Recycling of end-of-life batteries.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE C27.2 and E38.3.2 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
N/A
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
For manufacturing of new batteries, components and materials, the activity assesses the availability of and, where feasible, adopts techniques that support:
(a)reuse and use of secondary raw materials and reused components in products manufactured;
(b)design for high durability, recyclability, easy disassembly and adaptability of products manufactured;
(c)information on and traceability of substances of concern throughout the life cycle of the manufactured products.
Recycling processes meet the conditions set out in Article 12 and in Annex III, Part B, of Directive 2006/66/EC, including the use of the latest relevant Best Available Techniques, the achievement of the efficiencies specified for lead-acid batteries, nickel-cadmium batteries and for other chemistries. These processes ensure the recycling of the metal content to the highest degree that is technically feasible while avoiding excessive costs.
Where applicable, facilities carrying out recycling processes meet the requirements laid down in Directive 2010/75/EU.
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix C to this Annex.
Batteries comply with the applicable sustainability rules on the placing on the market of batteries in the Union, including restrictions on the use of hazardous substances in batteries, including Regulation (EC) No 1907/2006 and Directive 2006/66/EC.
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
3.5.Manufacture of energy efficiency equipment for buildings
Description of the activity
Manufacture of one or more of the following energy efficiency equipment products and their key components for buildings:
(a)windows with U-value lower or equal to 1,0 W/m2K;
(b)doors with U-value lower or equal to 1,2 W/m2K;
(c)external wall systems with U-value lower or equal to 0,5 W/m2K;
(d)roofing systems with U-value lower or equal to 0,3 W/m2K;
(e)insulating products with a lambda value lower or equal to 0,06 W/mK;
(f)household appliances falling into the highest two populated classes of energy efficiency classes in accordance with Regulation (EU) 2017/1369 and the delegated acts adopted under that Regulation;
(g)light sources rated in the highest two populated classes of energy efficiency in accordance with Regulation (EU) 2017/1369 and delegated acts adopted under that Regulation;
(h)space heating and domestic hot water systems rated in the highest two populated classes of energy efficiency in accordance with Regulation (EU) 2017/1369 and delegated acts adopted under that Regulation;
(i)cooling and ventilation systems rated in the highest two populated classes of energy efficiency in accordance with Regulation (EU) 2017/1369 and delegated acts adopted under that Regulation;
(j)presence and daylight controls for lighting systems;
(k)heat pumps compliant with the technical screening criteria set out in Section 4.16 of this Annex;
(l)façade and roofing elements with a solar shading or solar control function, including those that support the growing of vegetation;
(m)energy-efficient building automation and control systems for residential and non-residential buildings;
(n)zoned thermostats and devices for the smart monitoring of the main electricity loads or heat loads for buildings, and sensoring equipment;
(o)products for heat metering and thermostatic controls for individual homes connected to district heating systems, for individual flats connected to central heating systems serving a whole building, and for central heating systems;
(p)district heating exchangers and substations compliant with the district heating/cooling distribution activity set out in Section 4.15 of this Annex;
(q)products for smart monitoring and regulating of heating system, and sensoring equipment.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular C16.23, C23.11, C23.20, C23.31, C23.32, C23.43, C.23.61, C25.11, C25.12, C25.21, C25.29, C25.93, C27.31, C27.32, C27.33, C27.40, C27.51, C28.11, C28.12, C28.13, C28.14, in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
N/A
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
The activity assesses the availability of and, where feasible, adopts techniques that support:
(a)reuse and use of secondary raw materials and reused components in products manufactured;
(b)design for high durability, recyclability, easy disassembly and adaptability of products manufactured;
(c)waste management that prioritises recycling over disposal, in the manufacturing process;
(d)information on and traceability of substances of concern throughout the life cycle of the manufactured products.
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix C to this Annex.
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
3.6.Manufacture of other low carbon technologies
Description of the activity
Manufacture of technologies aimed at substantial GHG emission reductions in other sectors of the economy, where those technologies are not covered in Sections 3.1 to 3.5 of this Annex and where those technologies demonstrate substantial life-cycle GHG emission savings compared to the best performing alternative technology, product or solution available on the market, calculated using Commission Recommendation 2013/179/EU or ISO 14067:2018 or ISO 14064-1:2018 and where the quantified life-cycle GHG emission savings are verified by an independent third party.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular C22, C25, C26, C27 and C28, in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
N/A
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
The activity assesses the availability of and, where feasible, adopts techniques that support:
(a)reuse and use of secondary raw materials and reused components in products manufactured;
(b)design for high durability, recyclability, easy disassembly and adaptability of products manufactured;
(c)waste management that prioritises recycling over disposal, in the manufacturing process;
(d)information on and traceability of substances of concern throughout the life cycle of the manufactured products.
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix C to this Annex.
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
3.7.Manufacture of cement
Description of the activity
Manufacture of cement clinker, cement or alternative binder.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code C23.51 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
Greenhouse gas emissions from the cement production processes are:
(a)for grey cement clinker, lower than 0,816 tCO2e per tonne of grey cement clinker;
(b)for cement from grey clinker or alternative hydraulic binder, lower than 0,530 tCO2e per tonne of cement or alternative binder manufactured.
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix C to this Annex.
Emissions are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set out in the latest relevant best available techniques (BAT) conclusions, including the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for the production of cement, lime and magnesium oxide. No significant cross-media effects occur.
For manufacture of cement employing hazardous wastes as alternative fuels, measures are in place to ensure the safe handling of waste.
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
3.8.Manufacture of aluminium
Description of the activity
Manufacture of aluminium through primary alumina (bauxite) process or secondary aluminium recycling.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code C24.42, C24.53 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
The activity manufactures one of the following:
(a)primary aluminium where the economic activity complies with two of the following criteria until 2025 and with all of the following criteria after 2025:
(i)the GHG emissions do not exceed 1,604 tCO2e per ton of aluminium manufactured;
(ii)the indirect GHG emissions do not exceed 270g CO2e/kWh;
(iii)the electricity consumption for the manufacturing process does not exceed 15.5 MWh/t Al;
(b)secondary aluminium.
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix C to this Annex.
Emissions are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set out in the latest relevant best available techniques (BAT) conclusions, including the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for the non-ferrous metals industries. No significant cross-media effects occur.
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
3.9.Manufacture of iron and steel
Description of the activity
Manufacture of iron and steel.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular C24.10, C24.20, C24.31, C24.32, C24.33, C24.34, C24.51 and C24.52 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
The activity manufactures one of the following:
(a)iron and steel where GHG emissions, reduced by the amount of emissions assigned to the production of waste gases in accordance with point 10.1.5(a) of Annex VII to Regulation (EU) 2019/331 do not exceed the following values applied to the different manufacturing process steps:
(i)hot metal =1,443 tCO2e/t product;
(ii)sintered ore = 0,242 tCO2e/t product;
(iii)coke (excluding lignite coke) = 0,237 tCO2e/t product;
(iv)iron casting = 0,390 tCO2e/t product;
(v)electric arc furnace (EAF) high alloy steel = 0,360 tCO2e/t product;
(vi)electric arc furnace (EAF) carbon steel = 0,276] tCO2e/t product.
(b)steel in electric arc furnaces (EAFs) producing EAF carbon steel or EAF high alloy steel as defined in Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2019/331 and where the steel scrap input relative to product output is:
(i)at least 70 % for the production of high alloy steel
(ii)at least 90 % for production of carbon steel.
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix C to this Annex.
Emissions are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set out in the latest relevant best available techniques (BAT) conclusions, including the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for iron and steel production.
No significant cross-media effects occur.
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
3.10.Manufacture of hydrogen
Description of the activity
Manufacture of hydrogen and hydrogen-based synthetic fuels.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code C20.11 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
The activity complies with the life cycle GHG emissions savings requirement of 70 % relative to a fossil fuel comparator of 94g CO2e/MJ as set out in Article 25(2) of Directive (EU) 2018/2001 of the European Parliament and of the Council and Annex V to that Directive.
Life cycle GHG emissions savings are calculated using the methodology referred to in Article 28(5) of Directive (EU) 2018/2001 or, alternatively, using ISO 14067:2018 or ISO 14064-1:2018.
Quantified life-cycle GHG emission savings are verified in line with Article 30 of Directive (EU) 2018/2001 where applicable, or by an independent third party.
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix C to this Annex.
Emissions are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set out in relevant best available techniques (BAT) conclusions, including:
(a)the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for the production of chlor-alkali and the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for common waste water and waste gas treatment/management systems in the chemical sector;
(b)the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for the refining of mineral oil and gas.
No significant cross-media effects occur.
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
3.11.Manufacture of carbon black
Description of the activity
Manufacture of carbon black.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code C20.13 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
Do no significant harm (‘DHSH’)
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
Greenhouse gas emissions from the carbon black production processes are lower than 1,615 tCO2e per tonne of product.
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix C to this Annex.
Emissions are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set out in the the latest relevant best available techniques (BAT) conclusions, including:
(a)the Best Available Techniques Reference Document (BREF) for the Large Volume Inorganic Chemicals- Solids and Others industry;
(b)the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for common waste water and waste gas treatment/management systems in the chemical sector.
No significant cross-media effects occur.
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
3.12.Manufacture of soda ash
Description of the activity
Manufacture of disodium carbonate (soda ash, sodium carbonate, carbonic acid disodium salt).
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code C20.13 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
Greenhouse gas emissions from the soda ash production processes are lower than 0,866 tCO2e per tonne of product.
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix C to this Annex.
Emissions are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set out in the latest relevant best available techniques (BAT) conclusions, including:
(a)the Best Available Techniques Reference Document (BREF) for the Large Volume Inorganic Chemicals- Solids and Others industry;
(b)the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for common waste water and waste gas treatment/management systems in the chemical sector.
No significant cross-media effects occur.
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
3.13.Manufacture of chlorine
Description of the activity
Manufacture of chlorine.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code C20.13 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
Electricity consumption for electrolysis and chlorine treatment is equal or lower than 2,45 MWh per tonne of chlorine.
Average direct greenhouse gas emissions of the electricity used for chlorine production is at or lower than 270 g CO2e/kWh.
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix C to this Annex.
Emissions are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set out in the latest relevant best available techniques (BAT) conclusions, including:
(a)the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for the production of chlor-alkali;
(b)the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for common waste water and waste gas treatment/management systems in the chemical sector.
No significant cross-media effects occur.
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix C to this Annex.
|
3.14.Manufacture of organic basic chemicals
Description of the activity
Manufacture of:
(a)high value chemicals (HVC):
(i)acetylene;
(ii)ethylene;
(iii)propylene;
(iv)butadiene.
(b)Aromatics:
(i)mixed alkylbenzenes, mixed alkylnaphthalenes other than HS 2707 or 2902;
(ii)cyclohexane;
(iii)benzene;
(iv)toluene;
(v)o-Xylene;
(vi)p-Xylene;
(vii)m-Xylene and mixed xylene isomers;
(viii)ethylbenzene;
(ix)cumene;
(x)biphenyl, terphenyls, vinyltoluenes, other cyclic hydrocarbons excluding cyclanes, cyclenes, cycloterpenes, benzene, toluene, xylenes, styrene, ethylbenzene, cumene, naphthalene, anthracene;
(xi)benzol (benzene), toluol (toluene) and xylol (xylenes);
(xii)naphthalene and other aromatic hydrocarbon mixtures (excluding benzole, toluole, xylole).
(c)vinyl chloride;
(d)styrene;
(e)ethylene oxide;
(f)monoethylene glycol;
(g)adipic acid.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code C20.14 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
GHG emissions from the organic chemicals production processes are lower than :
(a)for HVC: [0,851] tCO2e/t of HVC;
(b)for aromatics: 0,0300 tCO2e/t of complex weighted throughput;
(c)for vinyl chloride: [0,268 tCO2e/t of vinyl chloride;
(d)for styrene: 0,564 tCO2e/t of styrene;
(e)for ethylene oxide/ethylene glycols: 0,489 tCO2e/t of ethylene oxide/glycol;
(f)for adipic acid: 0,76 tCO2e/t of adipic acid.
Where the organic chemicals in scope are produced wholly or partially from renewable feedstock, the life-cycle GHG emissions of the manufactured chemical, manufactured wholly or partially from renewable feedstock, are lower than the life-cycle GHG emissions of the equivalent chemical manufactured from fossil fuel feedstock
Agricultural biomass used for the manufacture of organic basic chemicals in its primary form complies with the criteria laid down in Article 29, paragraphs 2 to 5, of Directive (EU) 2018/2001. Forest biomass used for the manufacture of organic basic chemicals complies with the criteria laid down in Article 29, paragraphs 6 and 7, of that Directive.
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix C to this Annex.
Emissions are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set out in relevant best available techniques (BAT) conclusions, including:
(a)the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for the production of large volumes organic chemicals;
(b)the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for common waste water and waste gas treatment/management systems in the chemical sector.
No significant cross-media effects occur.
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
3.15.Manufacture of anhydrous ammonia
Description of the activity
Manufacture of anhydrous ammonia.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code C20.15 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
The activity complies with one of the following criteria:
(a)the manufacturing of anhydrous ammonia has greenhouse gas emissions lower than 1,948 tCO2e per tonne of anhydrous ammonia;
(b)ammonia is recovered from waste water.
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix C to this Annex.
Emissions are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set out in the latest relevant best available techniques (BAT) conclusions, including:
(a)the Best Available Techniques Reference Document (BREF) for the manufacture of Large Volume Inorganic Chemicals - Ammonia, Acids and Fertilisers;
(b)the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for common waste water and waste gas treatment/management systems in the chemical sector.
No significant cross-media effects occur.
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
3.16.Manufacture of nitric acid
Description of the activity
Manufacture of nitric acid.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code C20.15 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
GHG emissions from the manufacture of nitric acid are lower than 0,184 tCO2e per tonne of nitric acid.
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix C to this Annex.
Emissions are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set out in the latest relevant best available techniques (BAT) conclusions, including:
(a)the Best Available Techniques Reference Document (BREF) for the manufacture of Large Volume Inorganic Chemicals - Ammonia, Acids and Fertilisers;
(b)the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for common waste water and waste gas treatment/management systems in the chemical sector.
No significant cross-media effects occur.
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
3.17.Manufacture of plastics in primary form
Description of the activity
Manufacture resins, plastics materials and non-vulcanisable thermoplastic elastomers, the mixing and blending of resins on a custom basis, as well as the manufacture of non-customised synthetic resins.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code C20.16 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
The plastic in primary form is one of the following:
(a)fully manufactured by mechanical recycling of plastic waste;
(b)where mechanical recycling is not possible, fully manufactured by chemical recycling of plastic waste where the life-cycle greenhouse gas emissions of the manufactured plastic, excluding any calculated credits from the production of fuels, are lower than the life-cycle greenhouse gas emissions of the equivalent primary plastic manufactured from fossil fuel feedstock. Life-cycle greenhouse gas emissions are calculated using Recommendation 2013/179/EU or, alternatively, using ISO 14067:2018 or ISO 14064-1:2018. Quantified life-cycle GHG emissions are verified by an independent third party.
(c)derived wholly or partially from renewable feedstock where the life-cycle greenhouse gas emissions of the manufactured plastic in primary form, manufactured wholly or partially from renewable feedstock, is lower than the life-cycle greenhouse gas emissions of the equivalent plastics in primary form manufactured from fossil fuel feedstock. Life-cycle greenhouse gas emissions are calculated using Recommendation 2013/179/EU or, alternatively, using ISO 14067:2018 or ISO 14064-1:2018. Quantified life-cycle GHG emissions are verified by an independent third party.
Agricultural biomass used for the manufacture of plastics in its primary form complies with the criteria laid down in Article 29, paragraphs 2 to 5, of Directive (EU) 2018/2001. Forest biomass used for the manufacture of plastics in its primary form complies with the criteria laid down in Article 29, paragraphs 6 and 7, of that Directive.
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix C to this Annex.
Emissions are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set out in the relevant best available techniques (BAT) conclusions, including:
(a)the Best Available Techniques Reference Document (BREF) for the Production of Polymers;
(b)the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for common waste water and waste gas treatment/management systems in the chemical sector.
No significant cross-media effects occur.
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
4.Energy
4.1.Electricity generation using solar photovoltaic technology
Description of the activity
Construction or operation of electricity generation facilities that produce electricity using solar photovoltaic (PV) technology.
Where an economic activity is an integral element of the ‘Installation, maintenance and repair of renewable energy technologies’ as referred to in Section 7.6 of this Annex, the technical screening criteria specified in Section 7.6 apply.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular D35.11 and F42.22 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
N/A
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
N/A
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
The activity assesses availability of and, where feasible, uses equipment and components of high durability and recyclability and that are easy to dismantle and refurbish.
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
N/A
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
4.2.Electricity generation using concentrated solar power (CSP) technology
Description of the activity
Construction or operation of electricity generation facilities that produce electricity using concentrated solar power (CSP) technology.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular D35.11 and F42.22 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
N/A
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
The activity assesses availability of and, where feasible, uses equipment and components of high durability and recyclability and that are easy to dismantle and refurbish.
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
N/A
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
4.3.Electricity generation from wind power
Description of the activity
Construction or operation of electricity generation facilities that produce electricity from wind power.
Where an economic activity is an integral element of the ‘Installation, maintenance and repair of renewable energy technologies’ as referred to in Section 7.6 of this Annex, the technical screening criteria specified in Section 7.6 apply.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular D35.11 and F42.22 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
N/A
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
In case of construction of offshore wind, the activity does not hamper the achievement of good environmental status, as set out in Directive 2008/56/EC, requiring that the appropriate measures are taken to prevent or mitigate impacts in relation to that Directive’s Descriptor 11 (Noise/Energy), laid down in Annex I to that Directive and as set out in Decision (EU)2017/848 in relation to the relevant criteria and methodological standards for that descriptor.
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
The activity assesses availability of and, where feasible, uses equipment and components of high durability and recyclability and that are easy to dismantle and refurbish.
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
N/A
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
In case of offshore wind, the activity does not hamper the achievement of good environmental status, as set out in Directive 2008/56/EC, requiring that the appropriate measures are taken to prevent or mitigate impacts in relation to that Directive’s Descriptors 1 (biodiversity) and 6 (seabed integrity), laid down in Annex I to that Directive, and as set out in Decision (EU) 2017/848 in relation to the relevant criteria and methodological standards for those descriptors.
|
4.4.Electricity generation from ocean energy technologies
Description of the activity
Construction or operation of electricity generation facilities that produce electricity from ocean energy.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular D35.11 and F42.22 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
N/A
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity does not hamper the achievement of good environmental status, as set out in Directive 2008/56/EC, requiring that the appropriate measures are taken to prevent or mitigate impacts in relation to that Directive’s Descriptor 11 (Noise/Energy), laid down in Annex I to that Directive, and as set out in Decision (EU) 2017/848 in relation to the relevant criteria and methodological standards for that descriptor.
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
The activity assesses availability of and, where feasible, uses equipment and components of high durability and recyclability and that are easy to dismantle and refurbish.
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
Measures are in place to minimise toxicity of anti-fouling paint and biocides as laid down in Regulation (EU) No 528/2012, which implements in Union law the International Convention on the Control of Harmful Anti-fouling Systems on Ships adopted on 5 October 2001.
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
The activity does not hamper the achievement of good environmental status, as set out in Directive 2008/56/EC, requiring that the appropriate measures are taken to prevent or mitigate impacts in relation to that Directive’s Descriptor 1 (biodiversity), laid down in Annex I to that Directive, and as set out in Decision (EU) 2017/848 in relation to the relevant criteria and methodological standards for that descriptor.
|
4.5.Electricity generation from hydropower
Description of the activity
Construction or operation of electricity generation facilities that produce electricity from hydropower.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular D35.11 and F42.22 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
The direct GHG emissions of the activity are lower than 270gCO2e/kWh.
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
1. The activity complies with the provisions of Directive 2000/60/EC, in particular with all the requirements laid down in Article 4 of the Directive.
2. For operation of existing hydropower plants, including refurbishment activities to enhance renewable energy or energy storage potential, the activity complies with the following criteria:
2.1. In accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC and in particular Articles 4 and 11 of that Directive, all technically feasible and ecologically relevant mitigation measures have been implemented to reduce adverse impacts on water as well as on protected habitats and species directly dependent on water.
2.2. Measures include, where relevant and depending on the ecosystems naturally present in the affected water bodies:
(a)measures to ensure downstream and upstream fish migration (such as fish friendly turbines, fish guidance structures, state-of-the-art fully functional fish passes, measures to stop or minimise operation and discharges during migration or spawning);
(b)measures to ensure minimum ecological flow (including mitigation of rapid, short-term variations in flow or hydro-peaking operations) and sediment flow;
(c)measures to protect or enhance habitats.
2.3. The effectiveness of those measures is monitored in the context of the authorisation or permit setting out the conditions aimed at achieving good status or potential of the affected water body.
3. For construction of new hydropower plants, the activity complies with the following criteria:
3.1. In accordance with Article 4 of Directive 2000/60/EC and in particular paragraph 7 of that Article, prior to construction, an impact assessment of the project is carried out to assess all its potential impacts on the status of water bodies within the same river basin and on protected habitats and species directly dependent on water, considering in particular migration corridors, free-flowing rivers or ecosystems close to undisturbed conditions.
The assessment is based on recent, comprehensive and accurate data, including monitoring data on biological quality elements that are specifically sensitive to hydromorphological alterations, and on the expected status of the water body as a result of the new activities, as compared to its current one.
It assesses in particular the cumulated impacts of this new project with other existing or planned infrastructure in the river basin.
3.2. On the basis of that impact assessment, it has been established that the plant is conceived, by design and location and by mitigation measures, so that it complies with one of the following requirements:
(a)
the plant does not entail any deterioration nor compromises the achievement of good status or potential of the specific water body it relates to;
(b)
where the plant risks to deteriorate or compromise the achievement of good status/potential of the specific water body it relates to, such deterioration is not significant, and is justified by a detailed cost-benefit assessment demonstrating both of the following:
(i)the reasons of overriding public interest or the fact that benefits expected from the planned hydropower plant outweigh the costs from deteriorating the status of water that are accruing to the environment and to society;
(ii)the fact that the overriding public interest or the benefits expected from the plant cannot, for reasons of technical feasibility or disproportionate cost, be achieved by alternative means that would lead to a better environmental outcome (such as refurbishing of existing hydropower plants or use of technologies not disrupting river continuity).
3.3. All technically feasible and ecologically relevant mitigation measures are implemented to reduce adverse impacts on water as well as on protected habitats and species directly dependent on water.
Mitigation measures include, where relevant and depending on the ecosystems naturally present in the affected water bodies:
(a)measures to ensure downstream and upstream fish migration (such as fish friendly turbines, fish guidance structures, state-of the-art fully functional fish passes, measures to stop or minimise operation and discharges during migration or spawning);
(b)measures to ensure minimum ecological flow (including mitigation of rapid, short-term variations in flow or hydro-peaking operations) and sediment flow;
(c)measures to protect or enhance habitats.
The effectiveness of those measures is monitored in the context of the authorisation or permit setting out the conditions aimed at achieving good status or potential of the affected water body.
3.4. The plant does not permanently compromise the achievement of good status/potential in any of the water bodies in the same river basin district.
3.5. In addition to the mitigation measures referred to above, and where relevant, compensatory measures are implemented to ensure that the project does not increase the fragmentation of water bodies in the same river basin district. This is achieved by restoring continuity within the same river basin district to an extent that compensates the disruption of continuity, which the planned hydropower plant may cause. Compensation starts prior to the execution of the project.
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
N/A
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
4.6.Electricity generation from geothermal energy
Description of the activity
Construction or operation of electricity generation facilities that produce electricity from geothermal energy.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular D35.11 and F42.22 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
The direct GHG emissions of the activity are lower than 270gCO2e/kWh.
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
For the operation of high-enthalpy geothermal energy systems, adequate abatement systems are in place to reduce emission levels in order not to hamper the achievement of air quality limit values set out in Directive 2004/107/EC and Directive 2008/50/EC.
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
4.7.Electricity generation from renewable non-fossil gaseous and liquid fuels
Description of the activity
Construction or operation of electricity generation facilities that produce electricity using gaseous and liquid fuels of renewable origin. This activity does not include electricity generation from the exclusive use of biogas and bio-liquid fuels (see Section 4.8 of this Annex).
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular D35.11 and F42.22 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
The direct GHG emissions of the activity are lower than 270gCO2e/kWh.
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
Emissions are within or lower than the emissions levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set out in the latest relevant best available techniques (BAT) conclusions, including the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for large combustion plants. No significant cross-media effects occur.
For combustion plants with thermal input greater than 1 MW but below the thresholds for the BAT conclusions for large combustion plants to apply, emissions are below the emission limit values set out in Annex II, part 2, to Directive (EU) 2015/2193.
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
4.8.Electricity generation from bioenergy
Description of the activity
Construction and operation of electricity generation installations that produce electricity exclusively from biomass, biogas or bioliquids, excluding electricity generation from blending of renewable fuels with biogas or bioliquids (see Section 4.7 of this Annex).
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code D35.11 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
(2) Climate change mitigation
|
The activity meets the requirements relating to sustainability, greenhouse gas emission savings and efficiency laid down in Article 29 of Directive 2018/2001.
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
For installations falling within the scope of Directive 2010/75/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council, emissions are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set out in the latest relevant best available techniques (BAT) conclusions, including the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for large combustion plants. No significant cross-media effects occur.
For combustion plants with thermal input greater than 1 MW but below the thresholds for the BAT conclusions for large combustion plants to apply, emissions are below the emission limit values set out in Annex II, part 2, to Directive (EU) 2015/2193.
For plants in zones or parts of zones not complying with the air quality limit values laid down in Directive 2008/50/EC, measures are implemented to reduce emission levels taking into account the results of the information exchange which are published by the Commission in accordance with Article 6, paragraphs 9 and 10, of Directive (EU) 2015/2193 .
For anaerobic digestion of organic material, where the produced digestate is used as fertiliser or soil improver, either directly or after composting or any other treatment, it meets the requirements for fertilising materials set out in Component Material Categories (CMC) 4 and 5 in Annex II to Regulation (EU) 2019/1009 or national rules on fertilisers or soil improvers for agricultural use.
For anaerobic digestion plants treating over 100 tonnes per day, emissions to air and water are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set for anaerobic treatment of waste in the latest relevant best available techniques (BAT) conclusions, including the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for waste treatment. No significant cross-media effects occur.
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
4.9.Transmission and distribution of electricity
Description of the activity
Construction and operation of transmission systems that transport electricity on the extra high-voltage and high-voltage interconnected system.
Construction and operation of distribution systems that transport electricity on high-voltage, medium-voltage and low-voltage distribution systems.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular D35.12 and D35.13 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
The infrastructure is not dedicated to creating a direct connection, or expanding an existing direct connection to a power production plant where the direct greenhouse gas emissions exceed 270 gCO2e/kWh.
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
N/A
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
A waste management plan is in place and ensures maximal reuse or recycling at end of life in accordance with the waste hierarchy, including through contractual agreements with waste management partners, reflection in financial projections or official project documentation.
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
Overground high voltage lines:
(a)for construction site activities, activities follow the principles of the International Finance Corporation (IFC) General Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines.
(b)activities respect applicable norms and regulations to limit impact of electromagnetic radiation on human health, including for activities carried out in the Union, the Council recommendation on the limitation of exposure of the general public to electromagnetic fields (0 Hz to 300 GHz) and for activities carried out in third countries the 1998 Guidelines of International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection (ICNIRP).
Activities do not use PCBs polyclorinated biphenyls.
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
4.10.Storage of electricity
Description of the activity
Construction and operation of facilities that store electricity and return it at a later time in the form of electricity. The activity includes pumped hydropower storage.
Where an economic activity is an integral element of the ‘Installation, maintenance and repair of renewable energy technologies’ as referred to in Section 7.6 of this Annex, the technical screening criteria specified in Section 7.6 apply.
The economic activities in this category have no dedicated NACE code as referred to in the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
N/A
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
For pumped hydropower storage not connected to a river body, the activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
For hydropower storage connected to a river body, the activity complies with the criteria for DNSH to sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources specified in Section 4.5 (Electricity production from hydropower).
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
A waste management plan is in place and ensures maximal reuse or recycling at end of life in accordance with the waste hierarchy, including through contractual agreements with waste management partners, reflection in financial projections or official project documentation.
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
N/A
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
4.11.Storage of thermal energy
Description of the activity
Construction and operation of facilities that store thermal energy and return it at a later time, in the form of thermal energy or other energy vectors.
Where an economic activity is an integral element of the ‘Installation, maintenance and repair of renewable energy technologies’ as referred to in Section 7.6 of this Annex, the technical screening criteria specified in Section 7.6 apply.
The economic activities in this category have no dedicated NACE code as referred to in the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
N/A
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
For Aquifer Thermal Energy Storage, the activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
A waste management plan is in place and ensures maximal reuse, remanufacturing or recycling at end of life, including through contractual agreements with waste management partners, reflection in financial projections or official project documentation.
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
N/A
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
4.12.Storage of hydrogen
Description of the activity
Construction and operation of facilities that store hydrogen and return it at a later time.
The economic activities in this category have no dedicated NACE code in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
N/A
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
N/A
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
A waste management plan is in place and ensures maximal reuse, remanufacturing or recycling at end of life, including through contractual agreements with waste management partners, reflection in financial projections or official project documentation.
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
In the case of storage above five tonnes, the activity complies with Directive 2012/18/EU.
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
4.13.Manufacture of biogas and biofuels for use in transport and of bioliquids
Description of the activity
Manufacture of biogas or biofuels for use in transport and of bioliquids.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code D35.21 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
The activity meets the requirements relating to sustainability, greenhouse gas emission savings and efficiency laid down in Article 29 of Directive 2018/2001.
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
For biogas production, a gas-tight cover on the digestate storage is applied.
For anaerobic digestion plants treating over 100 tonnes per day, emissions to air and water are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set for anaerobic treatment of waste in the latest relevant best available techniques (BAT) conclusions, including the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for waste treatment. No significant cross-media effects occur.
In case of anaerobic digestion of organic material, where the produced digestate is used as fertiliser or soil improver, either directly or after composting or any other treatment, it meets the requirements for fertilising materials set out in Component Material Categories (CMC) 4 and 5 for digestate or CMC 3 for compost, as applicable, in Annex II to Regulation EU 2019/1009 or national rules on fertilisers or soil improvers for agricultural use.
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
4.14.Transmission and distribution networks for renewable and low-carbon gases
Description of the activity
Conversion, repurposing or retrofit of gas networks for the transmission and distribution of renewable and low-carbon gases.
Construction or operation of transmission and distribution pipelines dedicated to the transport of hydrogen and other low-carbon gases.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular D35.21, F42.21 and H49.50 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
The repurposing does not increase gas transmission and distribution capacity.
The repurposing does not extend the lifespan of the networks beyond their pre-retrofit projected lifespan, unless the network is dedicated to hydrogen or other low-carbon gases.
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
Fans, compressors, pumps and other equipment used which is covered by Directive 2009/125/EC comply, where relevant, with the top class requirements of the energy label, and with implementing regulations under that Directive and represent the best available technology.
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
4.15.District heating/cooling distribution
Description of the activity
Construction, refurbishment and operation of pipelines and associated infrastructure for distribution of heating and cooling, ending at the sub-station or heat exchanger.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code D35.30 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
N/A
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
Fans, compressors, pumps and other equipment used which is covered by Directive 2009/125/EC comply, where relevant, with the top class requirements of the energy label, and otherwise comply with implementing regulations under that Directive and represent the best available technology.
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
4.16.Installation and operation of electric heat pumps
Description of the activity
Installation and operation of electric heat pumps.
Where an economic activity is an integral element of the ‘Installation, maintenance and repair of renewable energy technologies’ as referred to in Section 7.6 of this Annex, the technical screening criteria specified in Section 7.6 apply.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular D35.30, F43.22 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
N/A
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
The activity assesses availability of and, where feasible, uses equipment and components of high durability and recyclability and that are easy to dismantle and refurbish.
A waste management plan is in place and ensures maximal reuse, remanufacturing or recycling at end of life, including through contractual agreements with waste management partners, reflection in financial projections or official project documentation.
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
For air to air heat pumps with rated capacity of 12kW or below, indoor and outdoor sound power levels are below the threshold set out in Regulation (EU) No 206/2012.
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
N/A
|
4.17.Cogeneration of heat/cool and power from solar energy
Description of the activity
Construction and operation of a facility co-generating electricity and heat/cool from solar energy.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular D35.11 and D35.30 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
N/A
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
N/A
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
The activity assesses availability of and, where feasible, uses equipment and components of high durability and recyclability and that are easy to dismantle and refurbish.
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
N/A
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
4.18.Cogeneration of heat/cool and power from geothermal energy
Description of the activity
Construction and operation of facilities co-generating heat/cool and power from geothermal energy.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular D35.11 and D35.30 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
The direct GHG emissions of the activity are lower than 270gCO2e/kWh.
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
For the operation of high-enthalpy geothermal energy systems, adequate abatement systems are in place to reduce emission levels in order not to hamper the achievement of air quality limit values set out in Directives 2004/107/EC and 2008/50/EC.
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
4.19.Cogeneration of heat/cool and power from renewable non-fossil gaseous and liquid fuels
Description of the activity
Construction and operation of combined heat/cool and power generation facilities using gaseous and liquid fuels of renewable origin. This activity does not include cogeneration of heat/cool and power from the exclusive use of biogas and bio-liquid fuels (see Section 4.20 of this Annex).
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular D35.11 and D35.30 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
The direct GHG emissions of the activity are lower than 270gCO2e/kWh.
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
Emissions are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set out in the latest relevant best available techniques (BAT) conclusions, including the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for large combustion plants. No significant cross-media effects occur.
For combustion plants with thermal input greater than 1 MW but below the thresholds for the BAT conclusions for large combustion plants to apply, emissions are below the emission limit values set out in Annex II, part 2, to Directive (EU) 2015/2193.
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
4.20.Cogeneration of heat/cool and power from bioenergy
Description of the activity
Construction and operation of installations used for cogeneration of heat/cool and power exclusively from biomass, biogas, or bioliquids, excluding cogeneration from blending of renewable fuels with biogas or bioliquids (see Section 4.19 of this Annex).
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular D35.11 and D35.30 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
The activity meets the requirements relating to sustainability, greenhouse gas emission savings and efficiency laid down in Article 29 of Directive 2018/2001.
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
For installations falling within the scope of Directive 2010/75/EU, emissions are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set out in the latest relevant best available techniques (BAT) conclusions, including the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for large combustion plants, ensuring at the same time that no significant cross-media effects occur.
For combustion plants with thermal input greater than 1 MW but below the thresholds for the BAT conclusions for large combustion plants to apply, emissions are below the emission limit values set out in Annex II, part 2, to Directive (EU) 2015/2193.
For plants in zones or parts of zones not complying with the air quality limit values laid down in Directive 2008/50/EC, results of the information exchange, which are published by the Commission in accordance with Article 6, paragraphs 9 and 10, of Directive (EU) 2015/2193 are taken into account.
In case of anaerobic digestion of organic material, where the produced digestate is used as fertiliser or soil improver, either directly or after composting or any other treatment, it meets the requirements for fertilising materials set out in Component Material Categories (CMC) 4 and 5 in Annex II to Regulation (EU) 2019/1009 or national rules on fertilisers or soil improvers for agricultural use.
For anaerobic digestion plants treating over 100 tonnes per day, emissions to air and water are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set for anaerobic treatment of waste in the latest relevant best available techniques (BAT) conclusions, including the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for waste treatment. No significant cross-media effects occur.
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
4.21.Production of heat/cool from solar thermal heating
Description of the activity
Construction and operation of facilities producing heat/cool from solar thermal heating technology.
Where an economic activity is an integral element of the ‘Installation, maintenance and repair of renewable energy technologies’ as referred to in Section 7.6 of this Annex, the technical screening criteria specified in Section 7.6 apply.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code D35.30 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
N/A
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
N/A
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
The activity assesses availability of and, where feasible, uses equipment and components of high durability and recyclability and that are easy to dismantle and refurbish.
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
N/A
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
4.22.Production of heat/cool from geothermal energy
Description of the activity
Construction and operation of facilities that produce heat/cool from geothermal energy.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code D35.30 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
The direct GHG emissions of the activity are lower than 270gCO2e/kWh.
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
For the operation of high-enthalpy geothermal energy systems, adequate abatement systems are in place to reduce emission levels in order not to hamper the achievement of air quality limit values set out in Directives 2004/107/EC and 2008/50/EC.
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
4.23.Production of heat/cool from renewable non-fossil gaseous and liquid fuels
Description of the activity
Construction and operation of heat generation facilities that produce heating/cool using gaseous and liquid fuels of renewable origin. This activity does not include production of heat/cool from the exclusive use of biogas and bio-liquid fuels (see Section 4.24 of this Annex).
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code D35.30 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
The direct GHG emissions of the activity are lower than 270gCO2e/kWh.
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
Emissions are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set out in the latest relevant best available techniques (BAT) conclusions, including the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for large combustion plants. No significant cross-media effects occur.
For combustion plants with thermal input greater than 1 MW but below the thresholds for the BAT conclusions for large combustion plants to apply, emissions are below the Emission Limit Values set out in Annex II, part 2, to Directive (EU) 2015/2193.
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
4.24.Production of heat/cool from bioenergy
Description of the activity
Construction and operation of facilities that produce heat/cool exclusively from biomass, biogas or bioliquids, excluding production of heat/cool from blending of renewable fuels with biogas or bioliquids (see Section 4.23 of this Annex).
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code D35.30 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
The activity meets the requirements relating to sustainability, greenhouse gas emission savings and efficiency laid down in Article 29 of Directive 2018/2001.
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
For installations falling within the scope of Directive 2010/75/EU, emissions are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set out in the latest relevant best available techniques (BAT) conclusions, including the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for large combustion plants, ensuring at the same time that no significant cross-media effects occur.
For combustion plants with thermal input greater than 1 MW but below the thresholds for the BAT conclusions for large combustion plants to apply, emissions are below the emission limit values set out in Annex II, part 2, to Directive (EU) 2015/2193.
For plants in zones or parts of zones not complying with the air quality limit values laid down in Directive 2008/50/EC, results of the information exchange, which are published by the Commission in accordance with Article 6, paragraphs 9 and 10 of Directive (EU) 2015/2193 are taken into account.
For anaerobic digestion of organic material, where the produced digestate is used as fertiliser or soil improver, either directly or after composting or any other treatment, it meets the requirements for fertilising materials set out in Component Material Categories (CMC) 4 and 5 in Annex II to Regulation (EU) 2019/1009 or national rules on fertilisers or soil improvers for agricultural use.
For anaerobic digestion plants treating over 100 tonnes per day, emissions to air and water are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set for anaerobic treatment of waste in the latest relevant best available techniques (BAT) conclusions, including the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for waste treatment. No significant cross-media effects occur.
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
4.25.Production of heat/cool using waste heat
Description of the activity
Construction and operation of facilities that produce heat/cool using waste heat.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code D35.30 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
N/A
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
N/A
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
The activity assesses availability of and, where feasible, uses equipment and components of high durability and recyclability and that are easy to dismantle and refurbish.
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
Pumps and the kind of equipment used, which is covered by Ecodesign and Energy labelling comply, where relevant, with the top class requirements of the energy label laid down in Regulation (EU) 2017/1369, and with implementing regulations under Directive 2009/125/EC and represent the best available technology.
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
5.Water supply, sewerage, waste management and remediation activities
5.1.Construction, extension and operation of water collection, treatment and supply systems
Description of the activity
Construction, extension and operation of water collection, treatment and supply systems.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular E36.00 and F42.99 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
N/A
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
N/A
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
5.2.Renewal of water collection, treatment and supply systems
Description of the activity
Renewal of water collection, treatment and supply systems including renewals to water collection, treatment and distribution infrastructures for domestic and industrial needs. It implies no material changes to the volume of flow collected, treated or supplied.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular E36.00 and F42.99 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
N/A
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
N/A
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
5.3.Construction, extension and operation of waste water collection and treatment
Description of the activity
Construction, extension and operation of centralised waste water systems including collection (sewer network) and treatment.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular E37.00 and F42.99 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
An assessment of the direct GHG emissions from the centralised waste water system, including collection (sewer network) and treatment, has been performed. The results are disclosed to investors and clients on demand.
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
Where the waste water is treated to a level suitable for reuse in agricultural irrigation, the required risk management actions to avoid adverse environmental impacts have been defined and implemented.
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
Discharges to receiving waters meet the requirements laid down in Directive 91/271/EEC or as required by national provisions stating maximum permissible pollutant levels from discharges to receiving waters.
Appropriate measures have been implemented to avoid and mitigate excessive storm water overflows from the waste water collection system, which may include nature-based solutions, separate storm water collection systems, retention tanks and treatment of the first flush.
Sewage sludge is used in accordance with Directive 86/278/EEC or as required by national law relating to the spreading of sludge on the soil or any other application of sludge on and in the soil.
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
5.4.Renewal of waste water collection and treatment
Description of the activity
Renewal of centralised waste water systems including collection (sewer network) and treatment. It implies no material change related to the load or volume of flow collected or treated in the waste water system.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code E37.00 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
An assessment of the direct GHG emissions from the centralised waste water system, including collection (sewer network) and treatment, has been performed. The results are disclosed to investors and clients on demand.
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
Where the waste water is treated to a level suitable for reuse in agricultural irrigation, the required risk management actions to avoid adverse environmental impacts have been defined and implemented.
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
Discharges to receiving waters meet the requirements laid down in Directive 91/271/EEC or as required by national provisions stating maximum permissible pollutant levels from discharges to receiving waters.
Appropriate measures have been implemented to avoid and mitigate excessive storm water overflows from the waste water collection system, which may include nature-based solutions, separate storm water collection systems, retention tanks and treatment of the first flush.
Sewage sludge is used in accordance with Directive 86/278/EEC or as required by national law relating to the spreading of sludge on the soil or any other application of sludge on and in the soil.
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
5.5.Collection and transport of non-hazardous waste in source segregated fractions
Description of the activity
Separate collection and transport of non-hazardous waste in single or comingled fractions aimed at preparing for reuse or recycling.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code E38.11 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
N/A
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
N/A
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
Separately collected waste fractions are not mixed in waste storage and transfer facilities with other waste or materials with different properties.
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
N/A
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
N/A
|
5.6.Anaerobic digestion of sewage sludge
Description of the activity
Construction and operation of facilities for the treatment of sewage sludge by anaerobic digestion with the resulting production and utilisation of biogas or chemicals.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular E37.00 and F42.00 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
A monitoring plan is in place for methane leakage at the facility.
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
Emissions are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available technique (BAT-AEL) ranges set for anaerobic treatment of waste in the latest relevant best available techniques (BAT) conclusions, including the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for waste treatment. No significant cross-media effects occur.
Where the resulting digestate is intended for use as fertiliser or soil improver, its nitrogen content (with tolerance level ±25 %) is communicated to the buyer or the entity in charge of taking off the digestate.
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
5.7.Anaerobic digestion of bio-waste
Description of the activity
Construction or operation of dedicated facilities for the treatment of separately collected bio-waste through anaerobic digestion with the resulting production and utilisation of biogas and digestate or chemicals.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular E38.21 and F42.99 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
A monitoring and contingency plan is in place in order to minimise methane leakage at the facility.
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
For anaerobic digestion plants treating over 100 tonnes per day, emissions to air and water are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available technique (BAT-AEL) ranges set for anaerobic treatment of waste in the latest relevant best available techniques (BAT) conclusions, including the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for waste treatment. No significant cross-media effects occur.
The produced digestate meets the requirements for fertilising materials set out in Component Material Categories (CMC) 4 and 5 for digestate or CMC 3 for compost, as applicable, in Annex II to Regulation (EU) 2019/1009, or national rules on fertilisers or soil improvers for agricultural use.
The Nitrogen content (with tolerance level ±25 %) of the digestate used as fertiliser or soil improver is communicated to the buyer or the entity in charge of taking off the digestate.
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
5.8.Composting of bio-waste
Description of the activity
Construction or operation of dedicated facilities for the treatment of separately collected bio-waste through composting (aerobic digestion) with the resulting production and utilisation of compost.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular E38.21 and F42.99 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
N/A
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
N/A
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
For composting plants treating over 75 tonnes per day, emissions to air and water are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set out for aerobic treatment of waste in the latest relevant best available techniques (BAT) conclusions, including the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for waste treatment. No significant cross-media effects occur.
The site has a system in place that prevents leachate reaching groundwater.
The compost produced meets the requirements for fertilising materials set out in Component Material Category 3 in Annex II to Regulation (EU) 2019/1009 or national rules on fertilisers or soil improvers for agricultural use.
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
5.9.Material recovery from non-hazardous waste
Description of the activity
Construction and operation of facilities for the sorting and processing of separately collected non-hazardous waste streams into secondary raw materials involving mechanical reprocessing, except for backfilling purposes.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular E38.32 and F42.99 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
N/A
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
N/A
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
N/A
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
5.10.Landfill gas capture and utilisation
Description of the activity
Installation and operation of infrastructure for landfill gas capture and utilisation in permanently closed landfills or landfill cells using new or supplementary dedicated technical facilities and equipment installed during or post landfill or landfill cell closure.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code E38.21 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
A monitoring plan is in place for methane leakage at the facility.
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
N/A
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
The permanent closure and remediation as well as the after-care of old landfills, where the landfill gas capture system is installed, are carried out in accordance with the following rules:
(a)general requirements set out in Annex I to Directive 1999/31/EC;
(b)control and monitoring procedures set out in Annex III to that Directive.
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
5.11.Transport of CO2
Description of the activity
Transport of captured CO2 via all modes, construction and operation of CO2 pipelines and retrofit of gas networks where the main purpose is the integration of captured CO2 and where:
(a)the CO2 transported from the installation where it is captured to the injection point does not lead to CO2 leakages above 0.5 % of the mass of CO2 transported;
(b)the CO2 is delivered to a permanent CO2 storage site that meets the criteria for underground geological storage of CO2 set out in section 5.12 of this Annex; or to other transport modalities, which lead to permanent CO2 storage site that meet those criteria;
(c)appropriate leak detection systems are applied and a monitoring plan is in place, with the report verified by an independent third party;
(d)the activity may include the installation of assets that increase the flexibility and improve the management of an existing network.
The activity could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular F42.21 and H49.50 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
A monitoring plan is in place for CO2 leakages.
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
N/A
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
5.12.Underground permanent geological storage of CO2
Description of the activity
Permanent storage of captured CO2 in appropriate underground geological formations.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code E39.00 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
A monitoring plan is in place for CO2 leakages.
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
The activity complies with Directive 2009/31/EC.
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
6.Transport
6.1.Passenger interurban rail transport
Description of the activity
Purchase, financing, rental, leasing and operation of passenger transport using railway rolling stock on mainline networks, spread over an extensive geographic area, passenger transport by interurban railways and operation of sleeping cars or dining cars as an integrated operation of railway companies.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular H49.10, N77.39 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
N/A
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
N/A
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
Measures are in place to manage waste, in accordance with the waste hierarchy, in particular during maintenance.
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
Engines for the propulsion of railway locomotives (RLL) and engines for the propulsion of railcars (RLR) comply with emission limits set out in Annex II to Regulation (EU) 2016/1628.
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
N/A
|
6.2.Freight rail transport
Description of the activity
Purchase, financing, leasing, rental and operation of freight transport on mainline rail networks as well as short line freight railroads.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular H49.20 and N77.39 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
The trains and wagons are not dedicated to the transport of fossil fuels.
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
N/A
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
Measures are in place to manage waste in accordance with the waste hierarchy, in particular during maintenance.
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
Engines for the propulsion of railway locomotives (RLL) and engines for the propulsion of railcars (RLR) comply with emission limits set out in Annex II to Regulation (EU) 2016/1628.
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
N/A
|
6.3.Urban and suburban transport, road passenger transport
Description of the activity
Purchase, financing, leasing, rental and operation of urban and suburban transport vehicles for passengers and road passenger transport.
For motor vehicles, it includes operation of vehicles designated as category M2 or M3, in accordance with Article 4(1) of Regulation (EU) 2018/858, for the provision of passenger transport.
The economic activities in this category may include operation of different modes of land transport, such as by motor bus, tram, streetcar, trolley bus, underground and elevated railways. This also includes town-to-airport or town-to-station lines and operation of funicular railways and aerial cableways where part of urban or suburban transit systems.
The economic activities in this category also includes scheduled long-distance bus services, charters, excursions and other occasional coach services, airport shuttles (including within airports), operation of school buses and buses for the transport.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular H49.31, H49.3.9, N77.39 and N77.11 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
N/A
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
N/A
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
Measures are in place to manage waste, in accordance with the waste hierarchy, both in the use phase (maintenance) and the end-of-life of the fleet, including through reuse and recycling of batteries and electronics (in particular critical raw materials therein).
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
For road vehicles of categories M, tyres comply with external rolling noise requirements in the highest populated class and with Rolling Resistance Coefficient (influencing the vehicle energy efficiency) in the two highest populated classes as set out in Regulation (EU) 2020/740 and as can be verified from the European Product Registry for Energy Labelling (EPREL).
Where applicable, vehicles comply with the requirements of the most recent applicable stage of the Euro VI heavy duty emission type-approval set out in accordance with Regulation (EC) No 595/2009.
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
N/A
|
6.4.Operation of personal mobility devices, cycle logistics
Description of the activity
Selling, purchasing, leasing, renting and operation of personal mobility or transport devices where the propulsion comes from the physical activity of the user, from a zero-emissions motor, or a mix of zero-emissions motor and physical activity. This includes the provision of freight transport services by (cargo) bicycles.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular N77.11 and N77.21 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
N/A
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
N/A
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
Measures are in place to manage waste, in accordance with the waste hierarchy, both in the use phase (maintenance) and the end-of-life including through reuse and recycling of batteries and electronics (in particular critical raw materials therein).
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
N/A
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
N/A
|
6.5.Transport by motorbikes, passenger cars and commercial vehicles
Description of the activity
Purchase, financing, leasing and operation of vehicles designated as category M1, N1 both falling under the scope of Regulation (EC) No 715/2007, or L (2- and 3-wheel vehicles and quadricycles).
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular H49.32, H49.39 and N77.11 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
For vehicles of categories M1 and N1, specific emissions of CO2 defined in Article 3(1), point (h), of Regulation (EU) 2019/631 are not higher than the fleet-wide CO2 emissions targets.
The fleet-wide CO2 emissions target values to be considered are:
(a)until 31 December 2024:
(i)for NEDC values, the target values as specified in Article 1, paragraphs 2-3 of Regulation (EU) 2019/631: 95 gCO2/km for vehicles of category M1 and 147 gCO2/km for vehicles of category N1;
(ii)for WLTP values, the EU fleet-wide target2021, as specified in Annex I to Regulation (EU) 2019/631, in Part A, point 6.0 for vehicles of category M1 and in Part B, point 6.0 for vehicles of category N1. Until the respective EU fleet-wide target2021 is published, those vehicles of category M1 and N1 whose CO2 emissions are only expressed according to WLTP test procedure will be applied a conversion factor of 1.21 and 1.24 respectively in order to account for the transition from NEDC to WLTP, resulting in the corresponding WLTP values of 115 gCO2/km for vehicles of category M1 and 182 gCO2/km for vehicles of category N1;
(b)from 1 January 2025, the target values as specified in Article 1, paragraph 4 of Regulation (EU) 2019/631.
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
N/A
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
Vehicles of categories M1 and N1 are both of the following:
(a)reusable or recyclable to a minimum of 85 % by weight;
(b)reusable or recoverable to a minimum of 95 % by weight.
Measures are in place to manage waste both in the use phase (maintenance) and the end-of-life of the fleet, including through reuse and recycling of batteries and electronics (in particular critical raw materials therein), in accordance with the waste hierarchy.
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
Vehicles comply with requirements of the most recent applicable stage of the Euro 6 light-duty emission type-approval set out in in accordance with Regulation (EC) No. 715/2007.
Vehicles comply with the emission thresholds for clean light-duty vehicles set out in Table 2 of the Annex to Directive 2009/33/EC.
For road vehicles of categories M and N, tyres comply with external rolling noise requirements in the highest populated class and with Rolling Resistance Coefficient (influencing the vehicle energy efficiency) in the two highest populated classes as set out in Regulation (EU) 2020/740 and as can be verified from the European Product Registry for Energy Labelling (EPREL).
Vehicles comply with Regulation (EU) No 540/2014.
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
N/A
|
6.6.Freight transport services by road
Description of the activity
Purchase, financing, leasing, rental and operation of vehicles designated as category N1, N2 or N3 falling under the scope of EURO VI, step E or its successor for freight transport services by road.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular H49.4.1, H53.10, H53.20 and N77.12 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
1. The vehicles are not dedicated to the transport of fossil fuels.
2. For vehicles of category N2 and N3 falling under the scope of Regulation (EU) 2019/1242, specific direct CO2 emissions are equal to or lower than the reference CO2 emissions of all vehicles in the same sub-group, as defined in Article 3 of that Regulation.
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
N/A
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
Vehicles of category N1, N2 and N3 are both of the following:
(a)reusable or recyclable to a minimum of 85 % by weight;
(b)reusable or recoverable to a minimum of 95 % by weight.
Measures are in place to manage waste both in the use phase (maintenance) and the end-of-life of the fleet, including through reuse and recycling of batteries and electronics (in particular critical raw materials therein), in accordance with the waste hierarchy.
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
For road vehicles of categories M and N, tyres comply with external rolling noise requirements in the highest populated class and with Rolling Resistance Coefficient (influencing the vehicle energy efficiency) in the two highest populated classes as set out in Regulation (EU) 2020/740 and as can be verified from the European Product Registry for Energy Labelling (EPREL).
Vehicles comply with the requirements of the most recent applicable stage of the Euro VI heavy duty emission type-approval set out in accordance with Regulation (EC) No 595/2009.
Vehicles comply with Regulation (EU) No 540/2014.
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
N/A
|
6.7.Inland passenger water transport
Description of the activity
Purchase, financing, leasing, rental and operation of passenger vessels on inland waters, involving vessels that are not suitable for sea transport.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular H50.30 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
N/A
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
Measures are in place to manage waste, both in the use phase and the end-of-life of the vessel, in accordance with the waste hierarchy, including the control and management of hazardous materials on board of ships and ensuring their safe recycling.
For battery-operated vessels, those measures include reuse and recycling of batteries and electronics, including critical raw materials therein.
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
Engines in vessels comply with the emission limits set out in Annex II to Regulation (EU) 2016/1628 (including vessels meeting those limits without type-approved solutions such as through after-treatment).
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
N/A
|
6.8.Inland freight water transport
Description of the activity
Purchase, financing, leasing, rental and operation of freight vessels on inland waters, involving vessels that are not suitable for sea transport.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular H50.4 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
The vessels are not dedicated to the transport of fossil fuels.
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
Measures are in place to manage waste, both in the use phase and the end-of-life of the vessel, in accordance with the waste hierarchy, including the control and management of hazardous materials on board of ships and ensuring their safe recycling.
For battery-operated vessels, those measures include reuse and recycling of batteries and electronics, including critical raw materials therein.
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
Vessels comply with the emission limits of Annex II to Regulation (EU) 2016/1628 (including vessels meeting those limits without type-approved solutions such as through after-treatment).
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
N/A
|
6.9.Retrofitting of inland water passenger and freight transport
Description of the activity
Retrofit and upgrade of vessels for transport of freight or passengers on inland waters, involving vessels that are not suitable for sea transport.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular H50.4, H50.30 and C33.15 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
The vessels are not dedicated to the transport of fossil fuels.
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
Measures are in place to manage waste, both in the use phase and the end-of-life of the vessel, in accordance with the waste hierarchy, including the control and management of hazardous materials on board of ships and ensuring their safe recycling.
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
Vessels comply with the emission limits of Annex II to Regulation (EU) 2016/1628 (including vessels meeting those limits without type-approved solutions such as through after-treatment).
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
N/A
|
6.10.Sea and coastal freight water transport, vessels for port operations and auxiliary activities
Description of the activity
Purchase, financing, chartering (with or without crew) and operation of vessels designed and equipped for transport of freight or for the combined transport of freight and passengers on sea or coastal waters, whether scheduled or not. Purchase, financing, renting and operation of vessels required for port operations and auxiliary activities, such as tugboats, mooring vessels, pilot vessels, salvage vessels and ice-breakers.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular H50.2, H52.22 and N77.34 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
The vessels are not dedicated to the transport of fossil fuels.
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
Measures are in place to manage waste, both in the use phase and in the end-of-life of the vessel, in accordance with the waste hierarchy.
For battery-operated vessels, those measures include reuse and recycling of batteries and electronics, including critical raw materials therein.
For existing ships above 500 gross tonnage and the new-built ones replacing them, the activity complies with the requirements of Regulation (EU) No 1257/2013 relating to the inventory of hazardous materials on board. The scrap ships are recycled in facilities included on the European List of ship recycling facilities as laid down in Commission Decision 2016/2323.
The activity complies with Directive (EU) 2019/883 as regards the protection of the marine environment against the negative effects from discharges of waste from ships.
The ship is operated in accordance with Annex V to the IMO MARPOL Convention, in particular with a view to producing reduced quantities of waste and to reducing legal discharges, by managing its waste in a sustainable and environmentally sound manner.
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
As regards the reduction of sulphur oxides emissions and particulate matters, vessels comply with Directive (EU) 2016/802 and with Regulation 14 of Annex VI to the IMO MARPOL Convention. Sulphur in fuel content does not exceed 0,5 % in mass (the global sulphur limit) and 0,1 % in mass in emission control area (ECA) designated in the North and Baltic Seas by the IMO.
As regards nitrogen oxides (NOx) emissions, vessels comply with Regulation 13 of Annex VI to the IMO MARPOL Convention. Tier II NOx requirement applies to ships constructed after 2011. Only while operating in NOx emission control areas established under IMO rules, ships constructed after 1 January 2016 comply with stricter engine requirements (Tier III) reducing NOx emissions.
Discharges of black and grey water comply with Annex IV to the IMO MARPOL Convention.
Measures are in place to minimise toxicity of anti-fouling paint and biocides as laid down in Regulation (EU) No 528/2012, which implements in Union law the International Convention on the Control of Harmful Anti-fouling Systems on Ships adopted on 5 October 2001.
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
Releases of ballast water containing non-indigenous species are prevented in line with the International Convention for the Control and Management of Ships' Ballast Water and Sediments (BWM).
Measures are in place to prevent the introduction of non-indigenous species by biofouling of hull and niche areas of ships taking into account the IMO Biofouling Guidelines.
Noise and vibrations are limited by using noise reducing propellers, hull design or on-board machinery in line with the guidance given in the IMO Guidelines for the Reduction of Underwater Noise.
In the Union, the activity does not hamper the achievement of good environmental status, as set out in Directive 2008/56/EC, requiring that the appropriate measures are taken to prevent or mitigate impacts in relation to that Directive’s Descriptors 1 (biodiversity), 2 (non-indigenous species), 6 (seabed integrity), 8 (contaminants), 10 (marine litter), 11 (Noise/Energy) and as set out in Commission Decision (EU) 2017/848 in relation to the relevant criteria and methodological standards for those descriptors, as applicable.
|
6.11.Sea and coastal passenger water transport
Description of the activity
Purchase, financing, chartering (with or without crew) and operation of vessels designed and equipped for performing passenger transport, on sea or coastal waters, whether scheduled or not. The economic activities in this category include operation of ferries, water taxies and excursions, cruise or sightseeing boats.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular H50.10, N77.21 and N77.34 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
N/A
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
Measures are in place to manage waste, both in the use phase and in the end-of-life of the vessel, in accordance with the waste hierarchy.
For battery-operated vessels, those measures include reuse and recycling of batteries and electronics, including critical raw materials therein.
For existing ships above 500 gross tonnage and the new-built ones replacing them, the activity complies with the requirement of Regulation (EU) No 1257/2013 relating to the inventory of hazardous materials. The scrap ships are recycled in facilities included on the European List of ship recycling facilities as laid down in Commission Decision 2016/2323.
The activity complies with Directive (EU) 2019/883 as regards the protection of the marine environment against the negative effects from discharges of waste from ships
The ship is operated in accordance with Annex V to the IMO MARPOL Convention, in particular with a view to producing reduced quantities of waste and to reducing legal discharges, by managing its waste in a sustainable and environmentally sound manner.
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
As regards the reduction of sulphur oxides emissions and particulate matters, vessels comply with Directive (EU) 2016/802 and with Regulation 14 of Annex VI to the IMO MARPOL Convention. Sulphur in fuel content does not exceed 0,5 % in mass (the global sulphur limit) and 0,1 % in mass in emission control area (ECA) designated in the North and Baltic Seas by the IMO.
As regards nitrogen oxides (NOx) emissions, vessels comply with Regulation 13 of Annex VI to the IMO MARPOL Convention. Tier II NOx requirement applies to ships constructed after 2011. Only while operating in NOx emission control areas established under IMO rules, ships constructed after 1 January 2016 comply with stricter engine requirements (Tier III) reducing NOx emissions.
Discharges of black and grey water comply with Annex IV to the IMO MARPOL Convention.
Measures are in place to minimise toxicity of anti-fouling paint and biocides as laid down in Regulation (EU) No 528/2012, which implements in Union law the International Convention on the Control of Harmful Anti-fouling Systems on Ships adopted on 5 October 2001.
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
Releases of ballast water containing non-indigenous species are prevented in line with the International Convention for the Control and Management of Ships' Ballast Water and Sediments (BWM).
Measures are in place to prevent the introduction of non-indigenous species by biofouling of hull and niche areas of ships taking into account the IMO Biofouling Guidelines.
Noise and vibrations are limited by using noise reducing propellers, hull design or on-board machinery in line with the guidance given in the IMO Guidelines for the Reduction of Underwater Noise.
In the Union, the activity does not hamper the achievement of good environmental status, as set out in Directive 2008/56/EC, requiring that the appropriate measures are taken to prevent or mitigate impacts in relation to that Directive’s Descriptors 1 (biodiversity), 2 (non-indigenous species), 6 (seabed integrity), 8 (contaminants), 10 (marine litter), 11 (Noise/Energy) and as set out in Commission Decision (EU) 2017/848 in relation to the relevant criteria and methodological standards for those descriptors, as applicable.
|
6.12.Retrofitting of sea and coastal freight and passenger water transport
Description of the activity
Retrofit and upgrade of vessels designed and equipped for the transport of freight or passengers on sea or coastal waters, and of vessels required for port operations and auxiliary activities, such as tugboats, mooring vessels, pilot vessels, salvage vessels and ice-breakers.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE codes H50.10, H50.2, H52.22, C33.15, N77.21 and N.77.34 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
(2) Climate change adaptation
|
The vessels are not dedicated to the transport of fossil fuels.
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
Measures are in place to manage waste, both in the use phase and in the end-of-life of the vessel, in accordance with the waste hierarchy.
For battery-operated vessels, those measures include reuse and recycling of batteries and electronics, including critical raw materials therein.
For existing ships above 500 gross tonnage and the new-built ones replacing them, the activity complies with the requirements of Regulation (EU) No 1257/2013 relating to the inventory of hazardous materials. The scrap ships are recycled in facilities included on the European List of ship recycling facilities as laid down in Commission Decision 2016/2323.
The activity complies with Directive (EU) 2019/883 as regards the protection of the marine environment against the negative effects from discharges of waste from ships.
The ship is operated in accordance with Annex V to the IMO MARPOL Convention, in particular with a view to producing reduced quantities of waste and to reducing legal discharges, by managing its waste in a sustainable and environmentally sound manner.
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
As regards the reduction of sulphur oxides emissions and particulate matters, vessels comply with Directive (EU) 2016/802 and with Regulation 14 of Annex VI to the IMO MARPOL Convention. Sulphur in fuel content does not exceed 0,5 % in mass (the global sulphur limit) and 0,1 % in mass in emission control area (ECA) designated in the North and Baltic Seas by the IMO.
As regards nitrogen oxides (NOx) emissions, vessels comply with Regulation 13 of Annex VI to the IMO MARPOL Convention. Tier II NOx requirement applies to ships constructed after 2011. Only while operating in NOx emission control areas established under IMO rules, ships constructed after 1 January 2016 comply with stricter engine requirements (Tier III) reducing NOx emissions.
Discharges of black and grey water comply with Annex IV to the IMO MARPOL Convention.
Measures are in place to minimise toxicity of anti-fouling paint and biocides as laid down in Regulation (EU) No 528/2012, which implements in Union law the International Convention on the Control of Harmful Anti-fouling Systems on Ships adopted on 5 October 2001.
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
Releases of ballast water containing non-indigenous species are prevented in line with the International Convention for the Control and Management of Ships' Ballast Water and Sediments (BWM).
Measures are in place to prevent the introduction of non-indigenous species by biofouling of hull and niche areas of ships taking into account the IMO Biofouling Guidelines.
Noise and vibrations are limited by using noise reducing propellers, hull design or on-board machinery in line with the guidance given in the IMO Guidelines for the Reduction of Underwater Noise.
In the Union, the activity does not hamper the achievement of good environmental status, as set out in Directive 2008/56/EC, requiring that the appropriate measures are taken to prevent or mitigate impacts in relation to that Directive’s Descriptors 1 (biodiversity), 2 (non-indigenous species), 6 (seabed integrity), 8 (contaminants), 10 (marine litter), 11 (Noise/Energy) and as set out in Commission Decision (EU) 2017/848 in relation to the relevant criteria and methodological standards for those descriptors, as applicable.
|
6.13.Infrastructure for personal mobility, cycle logistics
Description of the activity
Construction, modernisation, maintenance and operation of infrastructure for personal mobility, including the construction of roads, motorways bridges and tunnels and other infrastructure that are dedicated to pedestrians and bicycles, with or without electric assist.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular F42.11, F42.12, F42.13, F43.21, F711 and F71.20 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
N/A
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
At least 70 % (by weight) of the non-hazardous construction and demolition waste (excluding naturally occurring material referred to in category 17 05 04 in the European List of Waste established by Decision 2000/532/EC) generated on the construction site is prepared for reuse, recycling and other material recovery, including backfilling operations using waste to substitute other materials, in accordance with the waste hierarchy and the EU Construction and Demolition Waste Management Protocol. Operators limit waste generation in processes related construction and demolition, in accordance with the EU Construction and Demolition Waste Management Protocol and taking into account best available techniques and using selective demolition to enable removal and safe handling of hazardous substances and facilitate reuse and high-quality recycling by selective removal of materials, using available sorting systems for construction and demolition waste.
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
Measures are taken to reduce noise, dust and pollutant emissions during construction or maintenance works.
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
6.14.Infrastructure for rail transport
Description of the activity
Construction, modernisation, operation and maintenance of railways and subways as well as bridges and tunnels, stations, terminals, rail service facilities, safety and traffic management systems including the provision of architectural services, engineering services, drafting services, building inspection services and surveying and mapping services and the like as well as the performance of physical, chemical and other analytical testing of all types of materials and products.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular F42.12, F42.13, M71.12, M71.20, F43.21, and H52.21 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
The infrastructure is not dedicated to transportation or storage of fossil fuels.
In case of new infrastructure or major renovation, the infrastructure has been climate proofed in accordance with the appropriate climate proofing practice that includes carbon footprinting and clearly defined shadow cost of carbon. Such carbon footprinting covers scope 1-3 emissions, and demonstrates that the infrastructure does not lead to additional relative greenhouse gas emissions, calculated on the basis of conservative assumptions, values and procedures.
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
At least 70 % (by weight) of the non-hazardous construction and demolition waste (excluding naturally occurring material referred to in in category 17 05 04 in the European List of Waste established by Decision 2000/532/EC) generated on the construction site is prepared for reuse, recycling and other material recovery, including backfilling operations using waste to substitute other materials, in accordance with the waste hierarchy and the EU Construction and Demolition Waste Management Protocol. Operators limit waste generation in processes related construction and demolition, in accordance with the EU Construction and Demolition Waste Management Protocol and taking into account best available techniques and using selective demolition to enable removal and safe handling of hazardous substances and facilitate reuse and high-quality recycling by selective removal of materials, using available sorting systems for construction and demolition waste.
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
Where appropriate, given the sensitivity of the area affected, in particular in terms of the size of population affected, noise and vibrations from use of infrastructure are mitigated by introducing open trenches, wall barriers or other measures and comply with Directive 2002/49/EC.
Measures are taken to reduce noise, dust and pollutant emissions during construction or maintenance works.
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
6.15.Infrastructure enabling road transport and public transport
Description of the activity
Construction, modernisation, maintenance and operation of motorways, streets, roads, other vehicular and pedestrian ways, surface work on streets, roads, highways, bridges or tunnels and construction of airfield runways, including the provision of architectural services, engineering services, drafting services, building inspection services and surveying and mapping services and the like as well as the performance of physical, chemical and other analytical testing of all types of materials and products, and excludes the installation of street lighting and electrical signals.
The economic activities in this category could be classified under several NACE codes, in particular F42.11, F42.13, F71.1 and F71.20 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
The infrastructure is not dedicated to transportation or storage of fossil fuels.
In case of new infrastructure or major renovation, the infrastructure has been climate proofed in accordance with the appropriate climate proofing practice that includes carbon footprinting and clearly defined shadow cost of carbon. Such carbon footprinting covers scope 1-3 emissions, and demonstrates that the infrastructure does not lead to additional relative greenhouse gas emissions, calculated on the basis of conservative assumptions, values and procedures.
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
At least 70 % (by weight) of the non-hazardous construction and demolition waste (excluding naturally occurring material defined in category 17 05 04 in the European List of Waste established by Decision 2000/532/EC) generated on the construction site is prepared for reuse, recycling and other material recovery, including backfilling operations using waste to substitute other materials, in accordance with the waste hierarchy and the EU Construction and Demolition Waste Management Protocol. Operators limit waste generation in processes related construction and demolition, in accordance with the EU Construction and Demolition Waste Management Protocol and taking into account best available techniques and using selective demolition to enable removal and safe handling of hazardous substances and facilitate reuse and high-quality recycling by selective removal of materials, using available sorting systems for construction and demolition waste.
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
Where relevant, noise and vibrations from use of infrastructure are mitigated by introducing open trenches, wall barriers or other measures and comply with the Directive 2002/49/EC.
Measures are taken to reduce noise, dust and pollutant emissions during construction or maintenance works.
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
Where relevant, maintenance of vegetation along road transport infrastructure ensures invasive species do not spread.
Mitigation measures have been implemented to avoid wildlife collisions.
|
6.16.Infrastructure for water transport
Description of the activity
Construction, modernisation and operation of waterways, harbour and rivers works, pleasure ports, locks, dams and dykes and other, including the provision of architectural services, engineering services, drafting services, building inspection services and surveying and mapping services and the like as well as the performance of physical, chemical and other analytical testing of all types of materials and products and excludes project management activities related to civil engineering works.
The economic activities in this category exclude dredging of waterways.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular F42.91, F71.1 or F71.20 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
The infrastructure is not dedicated to transportation or storage of fossil fuels.
In case of new infrastructure or major renovation, the infrastructure has been climate proofed in accordance with the appropriate climate proofing practice that includes carbon footprinting and clearly defined shadow cost of carbon. Such carbon footprinting covers scope 1-3 emissions, and demonstrates that the infrastructure does not lead to additional relative greenhouse gas emissions, calculated on the basis of conservative assumptions, values and procedures.
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the provisions of Directive 2000/60/EC, in particular with all the requirements laid down in Article 4 of the Directive. In accordance with Article 4 of Directive 2000/60/EC and in particular paragraph 7 of that Article, prior to refurbishment/construction, an impact assessment of the project is carried out to assess all its potential impacts on the status of water bodies within the same river basin and on protected habitats and species directly dependent on water, considering in particular migration corridors, free-flowing rivers or ecosystems close to undisturbed conditions.
The assessment is based on recent, comprehensive and accurate data, including monitoring data on biological quality elements that are specifically sensitive to hydromorphological alterations, and on the expected status of the water body as a result of the new activities, as compared to its current one.
It assesses, in particular, the cumulated impacts of this new project with other existing or planned infrastructure in the river basin.
On the basis of that impact assessment, it has been established that the project is conceived, by design and location and by mitigation measures, so that it complies with one of the following requirements:
(a)the project does not entail any deterioration nor compromises the achievement of good status or potential of the specific water body it relates to,
(b)where the project risks to deteriorate or compromise the achievement of good status/potential of the specific water body it relates to, such deterioration is not significant, and is justified by a detailed cost-benefit assessment demonstrating both of the following:
(i)the overriding reasons in the public interest or the fact that the benefits expected from the planned navigation infrastructure project in terms of benefits to climate change mitigation/adaptation outweigh the costs from deteriorating the status of water that are accruing to the environment and to society
(ii)the fact that the overriding public interest or the benefits expected from the activity cannot, for reasons of technical feasibility or disproportionate cost, be achieved by alternative means that would lead to a better environmental outcome (such as nature based solution, alternative location, rehabilitation/refurbishment of existing infrastructures, or use of technologies not disrupting river continuity).
All technically feasible and ecologically relevant mitigation measures are implemented to reduce adverse impacts on water as well as on protected habitats and species directly dependent on water.
Mitigation measures include, where relevant and depending on the ecosystems naturally present in the affected water bodies:
(a)measures to ensure conditions as close as possible to undisturbed continuity (including measures to ensure longitudinal and lateral continuity, minimum ecological flow and sediment flow);
(b)measures to protect or enhance morphological conditions and habitats for aquatic species;
(c)measures to reduce adverse impacts of eutrophication.
The effectiveness of those measures is monitored in the context of the authorisation or permit setting out the conditions aimed at achieving good status or potential of the affected water body.
The project does not permanently compromise the achievement of good status/potential in any of the water bodies in the same river basin district.
In addition to the mitigation measures referred to above, and where relevant, compensatory measures are implemented to ensure that the project does not result in overall deterioration of status of water bodies in the same river basin district. This is achieved by restoring (longitudinal or lateral) continuity within the same river basin district to an extent that compensates the disruption of continuity, which the planned navigation infrastructure project may cause. Compensation starts prior to the execution of the project.
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
At least 70 % (by weight) of the non-hazardous construction and demolition waste (excluding naturally occurring material defined in category 17 05 04 in the European List of Waste established by Decision 2000/532/EC) generated on the construction site is prepared for reuse, recycling and other material recovery, including backfilling operations using waste to substitute other materials, in accordance with the waste hierarchy and the EU Construction and Demolition Waste Management Protocol. Operators limit waste generation in processes related construction and demolition, in accordance with the EU Construction and Demolition Waste Management Protocol and taking into account best available techniques and using selective demolition to enable removal and safe handling of hazardous substances and facilitate reuse and high-quality recycling by selective removal of materials, using available sorting systems for construction and demolition waste.
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
Measures are taken to reduce noise, vibration, dust and pollutant emissions during construction maintenance works.
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
6.17.Airport infrastructure
Description of the activity
Construction, modernisation and operation of infrastructure that is required for zero tailpipe CO2 operation of aircraft or the airport’s own operations, as well as for provision of fixed electrical ground power and preconditioned air to stationary aircraft.
The economic activities in this category could be classified under several NACE codes, in particular F41.20 and F42.99 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
The infrastructure is not dedicated to transportation or storage of fossil fuels.
In case of new infrastructure or major renovation, the infrastructure has been climate proofed in accordance with the appropriate climate proofing practice that includes carbon footprinting and clearly defined shadow cost of carbon. Such carbon footprinting covers scope 1-3 emissions, and demonstrates that the infrastructure does not lead to additional relative greenhouse gas emissions, calculated on the basis of conservative assumptions, values and procedures.
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
At least 70 % (by weight) of the non-hazardous construction and demolition waste (excluding naturally occurring material defined in category 17 05 04 in the European List of Waste established by Decision 2000/532/EC) generated on the construction site is prepared for reuse, recycling and other material recovery, including backfilling operations using waste to substitute other materials, in accordance with the waste hierarchy and the EU Construction and Demolition Waste Management Protocol. Operators limit waste generation in processes related construction and demolition, in accordance with the EU Construction and Demolition Waste Management Protocol and taking into account best available techniques and using selective demolition to enable removal and safe handling of hazardous substances and facilitate reuse and high-quality recycling by selective removal of materials, using available sorting systems for construction and demolition waste.
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
Measures are taken to reduce noise, vibration, dust and pollutant emissions during construction maintenance works.
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
|
7.Construction and real estate
7.1.Construction of new buildings
Description of the activity
Development of building projects for residential and non-residential buildings by bringing together financial, technical and physical means to realise the building projects for later sale as well as the construction of complete residential or non-residential buildings, on own account for sale or on a fee or contract basis.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular F41.1 and F41.2, including also activities under F43, in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
The building is not dedicated to extraction, storage, transport or manufacture of fossil fuels.
The Primary Energy Demand (PED) setting out the energy performance of the building resulting from the construction does not exceed the threshold set for the nearly zero-energy building (NZEB) requirements in national regulation implementing Directive 2010/31/EU. The energy performance is certified using an as built Energy Performance Certificate (EPC).
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
Where installed, except for installations in residential building units, the specified water use for the following water appliances are attested by product datasheets, a building certification or an existing product label in the Union, in accordance with the technical specifications laid down in Appendix E to Annex I to this Regulation:
(a)wash hand basin taps and kitchen taps have a maximum water flow of 6 litres/min;
(b)showers have a maximum water flow of 8 litres/min;
(c)WCs, including suites, bowls and flushing cisterns, have a full flush volume of a maximum of 6 litres and a maximum average flush volume of 3,5 litres;
(d)urinals use a maximum of 2 litres/bowl/hour. Flushing urinals have a maximum full flush volume of 1 litre.
To avoid impact from the construction site, the activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
At least 70 % (by weight) of the non-hazardous construction and demolition waste (excluding naturally occurring material referred to in category 17 05 04 in the European List of Waste established by Decision 2000/532/EC) generated on the construction site is prepared for reuse, recycling and other material recovery, including backfilling operations using waste to substitute other materials, in accordance with the waste hierarchy and the EU Construction and Demolition Waste Management Protocol. Operators limit waste generation in processes related to construction and demolition, in accordance with the EU Construction and Demolition Waste Management Protocol and taking into account best available techniques and using selective demolition to enable removal and safe handling of hazardous substances and facilitate reuse and high-quality recycling by selective removal of materials, using available sorting systems for construction and demolition waste.
Building designs and construction techniques support circularity and in particular demonstrate, with reference to ISO 20887 or other standards for assessing the disassembly or adaptability of buildings, how they are designed to be more resource efficient, adaptable, flexible and dismantleable to enable reuse and recycling.
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
Building components and materials used in the construction comply with the criteria set out in Appendix C to this Annex.
Building components and materials used in the construction that may come into contact with occupiers emit less than 0,06 mg of formaldehyde per m³ of material or component upon testing in accordance with the conditions specified in Annex XVII to Regulation (EC) No 1907/2006 and less than 0,001 mg of other categories 1A and 1B carcinogenic volatile organic compounds per m³ of material or component, upon testing in accordance with CEN/EN 16516 or ISO 16000-3 or other equivalent standardised test conditions and determination methods.
Where the new construction is located on a potentially contaminated site (brownfield site), the site has been subject to an investigation for potential contaminants, for example using standard ISO 18400.
Measures are taken to reduce noise, dust and pollutant emissions during construction or maintenance works.
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix D to this Annex.
The new construction is not built on one of the following:
(a)arable land and crop land with a moderate to high level of soil fertility and below ground biodiversity as referred to in the EU LUCAS survey;
(b)greenfield land of recognised high biodiversity value and land that serves as habitat of endangered species (flora and fauna) listed on the European Red List or the IUCN Red List;
(c)land matching the definition of forest as set out in national law used in the national greenhouse gas inventory, or where not available, is in accordance with the FAO definition of forest.
|
7.2.Renovation of existing buildings
Description of the activity
Construction and civil engineering works or preparation thereof.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular F41 and F43 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
The building is not dedicated to extraction, storage, transport or manufacture of fossil fuels.
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
Where installed as part of the renovation works, except for renovation works in residential building units, the specified water use for the following water appliances is attested by product datasheets, a building certification or an existing product label in the Union, in accordance with the technical specifications laid down in Appendix E to Annex I to this Regulation:
(a)wash hand basin taps and kitchen taps have a maximum water flow of 6 litres/min;
(b)showers have a maximum water flow of 8 litres/min;
(c)WCs, including suites, bowls and flushing cisterns, have a full flush volume of a maximum of 6 litres and a maximum average flush volume of 3,5 litres;
(d)urinals use a maximum of 2 litres/bowl/hour. Flushing urinals have a maximum full flush volume of 1 litre.
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
At least 70 % (by weight) of the non-hazardous construction and demolition waste (excluding naturally occurring material referred to in category 17 05 04 in the European List of Waste established by Decision 2000/532/EC) generated on the construction site is prepared for reuse, recycling and other material recovery, including backfilling operations using waste to substitute other materials, in accordance with the waste hierarchy and the EU Construction and Demolition Waste Management Protocol. Operators limit waste generation in processes related construction and demolition, in accordance with the EU Construction and Demolition Waste Management Protocol and taking into account best available techniques and using selective demolition to enable removal and safe handling of hazardous substances and facilitate reuse and high-quality recycling by selective removal of materials, using available sorting systems for construction and demolition waste.
Building designs and construction techniques support circularity and in particular demonstrate, with reference to ISO 20887 or other standards for assessing the disassembly or adaptability of buildings, how they are designed to be more resource efficient, adaptable, flexible and dismantleable to enable reuse and recycling.
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
Building components and materials used in the construction complies with the criteria set out in Appendix C to this Annex.
Building components and materials used in the building renovation that may come into contact with occupiers emit less than 0,06 mg of formaldehyde per m³ of material or component upon testing in accordance with the conditions specified in Annex XVII to Regulation (EC) No 1907/2006 and less than 0,001 mg of other categories 1A and 1B carcinogenic volatile organic compounds per m³ of material or component, upon testing in accordance with CEN/EN 16516 or ISO 16000-3:2011 or other equivalent standardised test conditions and determination methods .
Measures are taken to reduce noise, dust and pollutant emissions during construction or maintenance works.
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
N/A.
|
7.3.Installation, maintenance and repair of energy efficiency equipment
Description of the activity
Individual renovation measures consisting in installation, maintenance or repair of energy efficiency equipment. The economic activities in this category consist in one of the following individual measures, provided that they comply with minimum requirements set for individual components and systems in the applicable national measures implementing Directive 2010/31/EU and, where applicable, are rated in the highest two populated classes of energy efficiency in accordance with Regulation (EU) 2017/1369 and delegated acts adopted under that Regulation:
(a)addition of insulation to existing envelope components, such as external walls (including green walls), roofs (including green roofs), lofts, basements and ground floors (including measures to ensure air-tightness, measures to reduce the effects of thermal bridges and scaffolding) and products for the application of the insulation to the building envelope (including mechanical fixings and adhesive);
(b)replacement of existing windows with new energy efficient windows;
(c)replacement of existing external doors with new energy efficient doors;
(d)installation and replacement of energy efficient light sources;
(e)installation, replacement, maintenance and repair of heating, ventilation and air-conditioning (HVAC) and water heating systems, including equipment related to district heating services, with highly efficient technologies;
(f)installation of low water and energy using kitchen and sanitary water fittings which comply with technical specifications set out in Appendix A to Annex I to this Regulation and in case of shower solutions, mixer showers, shower outlets and taps have a max water flow of 6 L/min or less attested by an existing label in the Union market.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular F42, F43, M71, C16, C17, C22, C23, C25, C27, C28, S95.21, S95.22, C33.12 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
(2) Climate change mitigation
|
The building is not dedicated to extraction, storage, transport or manufacture of fossil fuels.
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
N/A
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
Building components and materials comply with the criteria set out in Appendix C to this Annex.
In case of addition of thermal insulation to an existing building envelope, a building survey is carried out in accordance with national law by a competent specialist with training in asbestos surveying. Any stripping of lagging that contains or is likely to contain asbestos, breaking or mechanical drilling or screwing or removal of insulation board, tiles and other asbestos containing materials is carried out by appropriately trained personnel, with health monitoring before, during and after the works, in accordance with national law.
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
N/A
|
7.4.Installation, maintenance and repair of charging stations for electric vehicles in buildings (and parking spaces attached to buildings)
Description of the activity
Installation, maintenance and repair of charging stations for electric vehicles in buildings and parking spaces attached to buildings.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular F42, F43, M71, C16, C17, C22, C23, C25, C27 or C28, in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
(2) Climate change mitigation
|
The building is not dedicated to extraction, storage, transport or manufacture of fossil fuels.
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
N/A
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
N/A
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
N/A
|
7.5.Installation, maintenance and repair of instruments and devices for measuring, regulation and controlling energy performance of buildings
Description of the activity
Installation, maintenance and repair of instruments and devices for measuring, regulation and controlling energy performance of buildings, consisting in one of the following measures:
(a)installation, maintenance and repair of zoned thermostats, smart thermostat systems and sensing equipment, including motion and day light control;
(b)installation, maintenance and repair of building automation and control systems, building energy management systems (BEMS), lighting control systems and energy management systems (EMS);
(c)installation, maintenance and repair of smart meters for gas, heat, cool and electricity;
(d)installation, maintenance and repair of façade and roofing elements with a solar shading or solar control function, including those that support the growing of vegetation.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular F42, F43, M71, and C16, C17, C22, C23, C25, C27, C28, in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
(2) Climate change mitigation
|
The building is not dedicated to extraction, storage, transport or manufacture of fossil fuels.
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
N/A
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
N/A
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
N/A
|
7.6.Installation, maintenance and repair of renewable energy technologies
Description of the activity
Installation, maintenance and repair of renewable energy technologies, on-site, consisting in one of the following individual measures, if installed on-site as technical building systems:
(a)installation, maintenance and repair of solar photovoltaic systems and the ancillary technical equipment;
(b)installation, maintenance and repair of solar hot water panels and the ancillary technical equipment;
(c)installation, maintenance, repair and upgrade of heat pumps contributing to the targets for renewable energy in heat and cool in accordance with Directive (EU) 2018/2001 and the ancillary technical equipment;
(d)installation, maintenance and repair of wind turbines and the ancillary technical equipment;
(e)installation, maintenance and repair of solar transpired collectors and the ancillary technical equipment;
(f)installation, maintenance and repair of thermal or electric energy storage units and the ancillary technical equipment;
(g)installation, maintenance and repair of high efficiency micro CHP (combined heat and power) plant;
(h)installation, maintenance and repair of heat exchanger/recovery systems.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with several NACE codes, in particular F42, F43, M71, C16, C17, C22, C23, C25, C27 or C28, in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
(2) Climate change mitigation
|
The building is not dedicated to extraction, storage, transport or manufacture of fossil fuels.
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
N/A
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
N/A
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
N/A
|
7.7.Acquisition and ownership of buildings
Description of the activity
Buying real estate and exercising ownership of that real estate.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code L68 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
The building is not dedicated to extraction, storage, transport or manufacture of fossil fuels.
For buildings built before 31 December 2020, the building has at least an Energy Performance Certificate (EPC) class C. As an alternative, the building is within the top 30% of the national or regional building stock expressed as operational Primary Energy Demand (PED) and demonstrated by adequate evidence, which at least compares the performance of the relevant asset to the performance of the national or regional stock built before 31 December 2020 and at least distinguishes between residential and non-residential buildings.
For buildings built after 31 December 2020, the Primary Energy Demand (PED) defining the energy performance of the building resulting from the construction does not exceed the threshold set for the nearly zero-energy building (NZEB) requirements in national regulation implementing Directive 2010/31/EU. The energy performance is certified using an as built Energy Performance Certificate (EPC).
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
N/A
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
N/A
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
N/A
|
8.Information and communication
8.1.Data processing, hosting and related activities
Description of the activity
Storage, manipulation, management, movement, control, display, switching, interchange, transmission or reception of diversity of data through data centres, including edge computing.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code J63.1.1 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
The activity has demonstrated best efforts to implement the relevant practices listed as “expected practices” in the most recent version of the European Code of Conduct on Data Centre Energy Efficiency, or in CEN-CENELEC document CLC TR50600-99-1 “Data centre facilities and infrastructures - Part 99-1: Recommended practices for energy management” and has implemented all expected practices that have been assigned the maximum value of 5 according to the most recent version of the European Code of Conduct on Data Centre Energy Efficiency.
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
The equipment used meets the requirements laid down in Directive 2009/125/EC for servers and data storage products.
The equipment used does not contain the restricted substances listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/65/EU, except where the concentration values by weight in homogeneous materials do not exceed the maximum values listed in that Annex.
A waste management plan is in place and ensures maximal recycling at end of life of electrical and electronic equipment, including through contractual agreements with recycling partners, reflection in financial projections or official project documentation.
At its end of life, the equipment undergoes preparation for re-use, recovery or recycling operations, or proper treatment, including the removal of all fluids and a selective treatment in accordance with Annex VII to Directive 2012/19/EU.
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
N/A
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
N/A
|
8.2.Computer programming, consultancy and related activities
Description of the activity
Providing expertise in the field of information technologies: writing, modifying, testing and supporting software; planning and designing computer systems that integrate computer hardware, software and communication technologies; on-site management and operation of clients’ computer systems or data processing facilities; and other professional and technical computer-related activities.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code J62 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
N/A
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
N/A
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
N/A
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
N/A
|
8.3.Programming and broadcasting activities
Description of the activity
Programming and broadcasting activities include creating content or acquiring the right to distribute content and subsequently broadcasting that content, such as radio, television and data programs of entertainment, news, talk, and the like, including data broadcasting, typically integrated with radio or TV broadcasting. The broadcasting can be performed using different technologies, over-the-air, via satellite, via a cable network or via Internet. This also includes the production of programs that are typically narrowcast in nature (limited format, such as news, sports, education, and youth-oriented programming) on a subscription or fee basis, to a third party, for subsequent broadcasting to the public.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code J60 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Where an economic activity in this category complies with the substantial contribution criterion specified in point 5, the activity is an enabling activity as referred to in Article 11(1), point (b), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, provided that it meets the technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
Technical screening criteria
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
5. In order for an activity to be considered as an enabling activity as referred to in Article 11(1), point (b), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, the economic operator demonstrates, through an assessment of current and future climate risks, including uncertainty and based on robust data, that the activity provides a technology, product, service, information, or practice, or promotes their uses with one of the following primary objectives:
(a)increasing the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)contributing to adaptation efforts of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities.
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
N/A
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
N/A
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
N/A
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
N/A
|
9.Professional, scientific and technical activities
9.1.Engineering activities and related technical consultancy dedicated to adaptation to climate change
Description of the activity
Engineering activities and related technical consultancy dedicated to adaptation to climate change.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code M71.12 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/20061.
An economic activity in this category is an enabling activity as referred to in Article 11(1), point (b), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it meets the technical screening criteria specified this section
Technical screening criteria
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
The economic activity is predominantly aimed at the provision of consultancy that helps one or more economic activities for which the technical screening criteria have been set out in this Annex to meet those respective criteria for substantial contribution to climate change adaptation, while respecting the relevant criteria for doing no significant harm to other environmental objectives.
The economic activity complies with one the following criteria:
(a)it uses state-of-the-art modelling techniques that:
(i)properly reflect climate change risks;
(ii)do not rely only on historical trends;
(iii)integrate forward-looking scenarios;
(b)it develops climate models and projections, services and assessment of impacts, the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports and scientific peer-reviewed publications.
The economic activity removes information, financial, technological and capacity barriers to adaptation.
The potential to reduce material impacts due to climate risks is mapped through a robust climate risk assessment in the target economic activity.
Activities in architectural design take into account climate proofing guidelines, climate-related hazards modelling and enable the adaptation of construction and infrastructure, including building codes and integrated management systems.
The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
The activity is not undertaken for the purposes of fossil fuel extraction or fossil fuel transport.
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix B to this Annex.
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
N/A
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
N/A
|
9.2.Close to market research, development and innovation
Description of the activity
Research, applied research and experimental development of solutions, processes, technologies, business models and other products dedicated to climate change adaptation.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code M72 or for research that is an integral part of those economic activities for which technical screening criteria are specified in this Annex the NACE codes set out in other Sections of this Annex in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
An economic activity in this category is an enabling activity as referred to in Article 11(1), point (b), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it meets the technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
Technical screening criteria
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
1. The economic activity researches, innovates or develops solutions, technologies, products, processes or business models, including nature based and nature inspired solutions, dedicated to enable one or more activities for which the technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex to meet the respective criteria for substantial contribution to climate change adaptation to increase their climate-resilience, while respecting the relevant criteria for doing no significant harm to other environmental objectives.
2. Where the researched, developed or innovated technology, product or other solution already enables an activity or several activities addressed in this Annex to meet their technical screening criteria for substantial contribution, the research, development and innovation activity focuses on the delivery of technologies, products or other solutions with new significant advantages, such as better performance or lower cost.
3. The economic activity removes information, financial, technological and capacity barriers to adaptation through new or improved solutions, technologies, products, processes or business models, including nature based solutions.
4. The economic activity has the potential to reduce material impacts due to climate risks identified through a robust climate risk assessment in another economic activity through the development, research, or innovation of solutions, technologies, products, processes or business models, the risk reduction potential of which has at least been demonstrated in an operational environment at pre-commercial scale and are further substantiated through at least one of the following elements:
(a)the first use of a patent not older than 10 years associated with the solution, technology, product, process or business model;
(b)other forms of intellectual property rights associated with the solution, technology, product, process or business model, such as trade secrets, trademarks or copyrights;
(c)a permit obtained from a competent authority for operating the demonstration site associated with the solution, technology, product, process or business model for the duration of the demonstration project.
4. The economic activity uses state-of-art climate projections and assessment of impacts, the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in accordance with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports and scientific peer-reviewed publications as a benchmark for the solutions, technologies, products, processes or business models it develops.
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
The activity is not undertaken for the purposes of fossil fuel extraction, transport or use.
The projected life-cycle GHG emissions from the researched technology, product or other solution do not undermine GHG mitigation objectives under the Paris Agreement or hinder the deployment of climate mitigation solutions.
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
Any potential risks to the good status or the good ecological potential of bodies of water, including surface water and groundwater, or to the good environmental status of marine waters from the researched technology, product or other solution are evaluated and addressed.
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
Any potential risks to the circular economy objectives from the researched technology, product or other solution are evaluated and addressed, by considering the types of potential significant harm as set out in Article 17(1), point (d), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852.
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
Any potential risks to generate a significant increase in the emissions of pollutants to air, water or land from the researched technology, product or other solution are evaluated and addressed.
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
Any potential risks to the good condition or resilience of ecosystems or to the conservation status of habitats and species, including those of Union interest, from the researched technology, product or other solution are evaluated and addressed.
|
10.Financial and insurance activities
10.1.Non-life insurance: underwriting of climate-related perils
Description of the activity
Provision of the following insurance services (other than life insurance) as defined in Annex I of Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/35 of 10 October 2014 related to the underwriting of climate related perils set out in Appendix A to this Annex:
(a)medical expense insurance;
(b)income protection insurance;
(c)workers' compensation insurance;
(d)motor vehicle liability insurance;
(e)other motor insurance;
(f)marine, aviation and transport insurance;
(g)fire and other damage to property insurance;
(h)assistance.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code K65.12 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
An economic activity in this category is an enabling activity as referred to in Article 11(1), point (b), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it meets the technical screening criteria set out in this section.
Technical screening criteria
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
1. Leadership in modelling and pricing of climate risks:
1.1. The insurance activity uses state-of-the-art modelling techniques that:
(a)properly reflect climate change risks;
(b)do not only rely on historical trend;
(c)integrate forward-looking scenarios.
1.2. The insurer publicly discloses how the climate change risks are considered in the insurance activity.
1.3. With the exception of legal restrictions on contractual conditions and insurance premiums, the insurance activity provides incentives for risk reduction by setting out the (pre)-conditions for the insurance coverage of risk and by acting as a price signal of risk. For the purpose of this point, reduced premiums or deductibles, possibly based on supportive information on existing/possible actions, to policyholders who protect an asset or activity against natural catastrophes damages may be considered an incentive for risk reduction.
1.4. After a climate risk event, the insurer provides information on the conditions under which coverage under the insurance activity could be renewed or maintained and in particular the benefits of building better in that context.
2. Product design:
2.1. Insurance products sold under the insurance activity offer risk-based rewards for preventive actions taken by policyholders.
For the purpose of this point, where a policyholder has invested in adaptation measures, lower premiums may be considered as a risk-based reward for preventive actions taken by policyholders.
By way of derogation from this point, where legal restrictions on contractual conditions and insurance premiums prevent the insurance or reinsurance company from providing risk-based rewards, insurance products may instead provide to customers measures in relation to an asset, an activity, or people that prevent or protect against natural catastrophes. Such measures may be provided as information or advice to customers on climate risks and preventive measures that customers could take.
2.2. The distribution strategy for such products covers measures to ensure that policyholders are informed on the relevance of preventive measures that they could take, for the terms and conditions of the insurance coverage, including any impact of such measures on the insurance coverage or the premium level.
3. Innovative insurance coverage solutions:
3.1. Insurance products sold under the insurance activity offer coverage for the climate-related perils where the demands and needs of policyholders require so.
3.2. Depending on the demands and needs of individual customers, products may include specific risk transfer solutions such as protection against business interruption, contingent business interruption, other non-physical damage-related loss factors, cascading effects and interdependencies of hazards (secondary perils), cascading impacts of interacting natural and technological hazards, critical infrastructure failures.
4. Data sharing:
4.1. With due regard to Regulation (EU) 2016/679 of the European Parliament and of the Council, a significant share of loss data related to insurer’s activity is made available, free of charge, to one or several public authorities for the purpose of analytical research. Those public authorities declare to use the data for purposes of enhancing adaptation to climate change by the society in a region, country or internationally and the insurer provides the data at a level of granularity sufficient for the use declared by the respective public authorities.
4.2. Where the insurer is not yet sharing such data with a public authority for the aforementioned purpose, it has declared the intention to make its data available, free of charge, to interested third parties and has indicated under which conditions such data can be shared. That declaration of intention to share available data is easily accessible, including on the insurer’s website, for relevant public authorities.
5. High level of service in post-disaster situation:
Claims under insurance activity, both ongoing and those from large-scale loss events resulting from climate risks, are processed fairly with respect to customers, in accordance with high handling standards for claims and in timely fashion in line with applicable law and there has been no failure to do so in the context of recent large-scale loss events. Information as regards procedures on additional measures in case of large-scale loss events is publicly available.
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
The activity does not include insurance of the extraction, storage, transport or manufacture of fossil fuels or insurance of vehicles, property or other assets dedicated to such purposes.
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
N/A
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
N/A
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
N/A
|
10.2.Reinsurance
Description of the activity
Coverage of risks stemming from climate-related perils set out in Appendix A to this Annex ceded by the insurer to the reinsurer. The coverage is set out in an agreement between insurer and reinsurer specifying the insurers’ products (“underlying product”) from which the ceded risks originate. A reinsurance intermediary may be involved in the preparation or conclusion of the contractual agreement between the insurer and the reinsurer.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code K65.20 in accordance with to the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
An economic activity in this category is an enabling activity as referred to in Article 11(1) point (b) of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it meets the technical screening criteria set out this section.
Technical screening criteria
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
1. Leadership in modelling and pricing of climate risks:
1.1. The reinsurance activity uses state-of-the-art modelling techniques that:
(a)are used to properly reflect in the premium level the exposure, hazard and vulnerability to climate change risks as well as actions taken by the policyholder of the insurer to protect the insured asset or activity against those risks, where such information is provided by the insurer to the reinsurer;
(b)do not only rely on historical trends;
(c)integrate forward-looking scenarios.
1.2. The reinsurer discloses publicly how the risks stemming from climate-related perils are considered in the reinsurance activity.
2. Supporting development and supply of enabling non-life reinsurance products:
2.1. The reinsurance activity’s underlying products cover risks stemming from climate-related perils and reward, in a risk-based manner and without prejudice to legal restrictions on contractual conditions and insurance premiums, preventive actions taken by the insurer’s policyholders.
2.2. The reinsurance activity complies with one or more of the following criteria:
(a)where desired by the insurer, the reinsurer engages with the insurer, either directly or via a reinsurance intermediary, during the development of the underlying product by:
(i)discussing possible reinsurance solutions that the reinsurer is willing to offer in relation to that product. The final product is brought to market using one of the reinsurance solutions that were discussed with the reinsurer during the product development phase;
(ii)providing data or other technical advice enabling the insurer to price the coverage for risks stemming from climate-related perils as well as risk-based rewards for preventive actions taken by the insurer’s policyholders;
(a)the insurer would likely reduce or discontinue its coverage under the underlying product without the reinsurance agreement or a comparable reinsurance agreement in place;
(b)the reinsurer provides, as part of the business relationship with the insurer or the reinsurance intermediary, data or other technical advice or both enabling the insurer to offer coverage of risks stemming from climate-related perils and the coverage allows for risk-based rewards for preventive actions taken by the insurer’s policyholders.
2.3. Where a reinsurance product applies at the level of a portfolio of underlying products, only a share of the reinsurance activity’s underlying products may cover risks stemming from climate- related perils and reward, in a risk-based manner, preventive actions taken by the insurer’s policyholders for the purpose of point 2.1. In that case, the reinsurer is able to identify the share of reinsurance premiums that relate to those underlying products.
3. Innovative reinsurance coverage solutions:
3.1. Reinsurance products sold under the reinsurance activity offer coverage for risks stemming from climate-related perils where the demands and needs of the insurer’s clients, based on the underlying products, require so. Such insurance products appropriately reflect risk-based rewards for preventive actions taken by the insurer’s policyholders.
3.2. Depending on the demands and needs of the individual customers of the insurer, reinsurance products may include specific risk transfer solutions which may include protection against business interruption, contingent business interruption, other non-physical damage-related loss factors, cascading effects and interdependencies of hazards (secondary perils), cascading impacts of interacting natural and technological hazards or critical infrastructure failures.
4. Data sharing:
4.1. With due regard to Regulation (EU) 2016/679, a significant share of loss data related to the reinsurer’s activity is made available, free of charge, to one or several public authorities for the purpose of analytical research. The public authorities declare to use the data for purposes of enhancing adaptation to climate change by the society in a region, country or internationally and the reinsurer provides the data at a level of granularity sufficient for the use declared by the respective public authorities.
4.2. Where the reinsurer is not yet sharing such data with a public authority for the aforementioned purpose, it has declared the intention to make its data available, free of charge, to interested third parties and has indicated under which conditions such data can be shared. That declaration of intention to share available data is easily accessible, including on the reinsurer’s website, for relevant public authorities.
5. High level of service in post-disaster situation:
Claims under the reinsurance activity, both ongoing and those from large-scale loss events resulting from risks stemming from climate-related perils, are processed fairly with respect to customers, in accordance with high handling standards for claims and in timely fashion in line with applicable law and there has been no failure to do so in the context of recent large-scale loss events. Where appropriate, the reinsurer supports the insurer or the reinsurance intermediary in assessing the claims from the underlying product. Information as regards procedures on additional measures by the reinsurer in case of large-scale loss events is publicly available.
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
The reinsurance activity does not cover cession of insurance of the extraction, storage, transport or manufacture of fossil fuels or the cession of insurance of vehicles, property or other assets dedicated to such purposes.
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
N/A
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
N/A
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
N/A
|
11.Education
Description of the activity
Public or private education at any level or for any profession. The instructions may be oral or written and may be provided by radio, television, internet or via correspondence. It includes education by the different institutions in the regular school system at its different levels as well as adult education and literacy programmes, including military schools, academies and prison schools at their respective levels.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code P85 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Where an economic activity in this category complies with the substantial contribution criterion specified in point 5, the activity is an enabling activity as referred to in Article 11(1), point (b), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, provided that it meets the technical screening criteria set out in this section.
Technical screening criteria
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
5. In order for an activity to be considered as an enabling activity as referred to in Article 11(1), point (b), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, the economic operator demonstrates, through an assessment of current and future climate risks, including uncertainty and based on robust data, that the activity provides a technology, product, service, information, or practice, or promotes their uses with one of the following primary objectives:
(a)increasing the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)contributing to adaptation efforts of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities.
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
N/A
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
N/A
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
N/A
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
N/A
|
12.Human health and social work activities
12.1.Residential care activities
Description of the activity
Provision of residential care combined with either nursing, supervisory or other types of care as required by the residents. Facilities are a significant part of the production process and the care provided is a mix of health and social services with the health services being largely some level of nursing services.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code Q87 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Technical screening criteria
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
N/A
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
N/A
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
A waste management plan is in place and ensures (1) the safe and environmentally-sound handling of hazardous waste (in particular toxic or infectious waste) and pharmaceuticals and (2) maximal re-use or recycling of non-hazardous waste, including through contractual agreements with waste management partners.
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
N/A
|
13.Arts, entertainment and recreation
13.1.Creative, arts and entertainment activities
Description of the activity
Creating, arts and entertainment activities include the provision of services to meet the cultural and entertainment interests of their customers. This includes the production and promotion of, and participation in, live performances, events or exhibits intended for public viewing and the provision of artistic, creative or technical skills for the production of artistic products and live performances. These activities exclude the operation of museums of all kinds, botanical and zoological gardens, the preservation of historical sites and nature reserves activities, gambling and betting activities as well as sports and amusement and recreation activities.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code R90 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Where an economic activity in this category complies with the substantial contribution criterion specified in point 5, the activity is an enabling activity as referred to in Article 11(1), point (b), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, provided that it meets the technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
Technical screening criteria
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
5. In order for an activity to be considered as an enabling activity as referred to in Article 11(1), point (b), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, the economic operator demonstrates, through an assessment of current and future climate risks, including uncertainty and based on robust data, that the activity provides a technology, product, service, information, or practice, or promotes their uses with one of the following primary objectives:
(a)increasing the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)contributing to adaptation efforts of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities.
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
N/A
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
N/A
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
N/A
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
N/A
|
13.2.Libraries, archives, museums and cultural activities
Description of the activity
Libraries, archives, museums and cultural activities includes the activities of libraries and archives, the operation of museums of all kinds, botanical and zoological gardens, the operation of historical sites and nature reserves activities. These activities also include the preservation and exhibition of objects, sites and natural wonders of historical, cultural or educational interest, including world heritage sites. These activities exclude sports and amusement and recreation activities such as the operation of bathing beaches and recreation parks.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code R91 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Where an economic activity in this category complies with the substantial contribution criterion specified in point 5, the activity is an enabling activity as referred to in Article 11(1), point (b), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, provided that it meets the technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
Technical screening criteria
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
5. In order for an activity to be considered as an enabling activity as referred to in Article 11(1), point (b), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, the economic operator demonstrates, through an assessment of current and future climate risks, including uncertainty and based on robust data, that the activity provides a technology, product, service, information, or practice, or promotes their uses with one of the following primary objectives:
(a)increasing the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)contributing to adaptation efforts of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities.
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
N/A
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
N/A
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
N/A
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
N/A
|
13.3.Motion picture, video and television programme production, sound recording and music publishing activities
Description of the activity
Motion picture, video and television programme production, sound recording and music publishing activities include the production of theatrical and non-theatrical motion pictures whether on film, video tape or disc for direct projection in theatres or for broadcasting on television, supporting activities such as film editing, cutting or dubbing, distribution of motion pictures and other film productions to other industries as well as motion picture or other film productions projection. Buying and selling of motion picture or other film productions distribution rights is also included. These activities also include the sound recording activities, including the production of original sound master recordings, releasing, promoting and distributing them, publishing of music as well as sound recording service activities in a studio or elsewhere.
The economic activities in this category could be associated with NACE code J59 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
Where an economic activity in this category complies with the substantial contribution criterion specified in point 5, the activity is an enabling activity as referred to in Article 11(1), point (b), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, provided that it meets the technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
Technical screening criteria
Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
|
1. The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that substantially reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
2. The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment with the following steps:
(a)screening of the activity to identify which physical climate risks from the list in Appendix A to this Annex may affect the performance of the economic activity during its expected lifetime;
(b)where the activity is assessed to be at risk from one or more of the physical climate risks listed in Appendix A to this Annex, a climate risk and vulnerability assessment to assess the materiality of the physical climate risks on the economic activity;
(c)an assessment of adaptation solutions that can reduce the identified physical climate risk.
The climate risk and vulnerability assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
(a)for activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using climate projections at the smallest appropriate scale;
(b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using the highest available resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across the existing range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 year climate projections scenarios for major investments.
3. The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the state-of-the-art science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in line with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports, scientific peer-reviewed publications and open source or paying models.
4. The adaptation solutions implemented:
(a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities;
(b)favour nature-based solutions or rely on blue or green infrastructure to the extent possible;
(c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation plans and strategies;
(d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
(e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
5. In order for an activity to be considered as an enabling activity as referred to in Article 11(1), point (b), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, the economic operator demonstrates, through an assessment of current and future climate risks, including uncertainty and based on robust data, that the activity provides a technology, product, service, information, or practice, or promotes their uses with the primary objectives of:
(a)increasing the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities; or
(b)contributing to adaptation efforts of other people, of nature, of cultural heritage, of assets and of other economic activities.
|
Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
|
(1) Climate change mitigation
|
N/A
|
(3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
|
N/A
|
(4) Transition to a circular economy
|
N/A
|
(5) Pollution prevention and control
|
N/A
|
(6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
|
N/A
|
Appendix A: Classification of climate-related hazards
|
Temperature-related
|
Wind-related
|
Water-related
|
Solid mass-related
|
Chronic
|
Changing temperature (air, freshwater, marine water)
|
Changing wind patterns
|
Changing precipitation patterns and types (rain, hail, snow/ice)
|
Coastal erosion
|
|
Heat stress
|
|
Precipitation or hydrological variability
|
Soil degradation
|
|
Temperature variability
|
|
Ocean acidification
|
Soil erosion
|
|
Permafrost thawing
|
|
Saline intrusion
|
Solifluction
|
|
|
|
Sea level rise
|
|
|
|
|
Water stress
|
|
Acute
|
Heat wave
|
Cyclone, hurricane, typhoon
|
Drought
|
Avalanche
|
|
Cold wave/frost
|
Storm (including blizzards, dust and sandstorms)
|
Heavy precipitation (rain, hail, snow/ice)
|
Landslide
|
|
Wildfire
|
Tornado
|
Flood (coastal, fluvial, pluvial, ground water)
|
Subsidence
|
|
|
|
Glacial lake outburst
|
|
Appendix B: Generic criteria for DNSH to sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed with the aim of achieving good water status and good ecological potential as defined in Article 2, points (22) and (23), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC and a water use and protection management plan, developed thereunder for the potentially affected water body or bodies, in consultation with relevant stakeholders.
Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
Appendix C: Generic criteria for DNSH to pollution prevention and control regarding use and presence of chemicals
The activity does not lead to the manufacture, placing on the market or use of:
(a) substances, whether on their own, in mixtures or in articles, listed in Annexes I or II to Regulation (EU) 2019/1021, except in the case of substances present as an unintentional trace contaminant;
(b) mercury and mercury compounds, their mixtures and mercury-added products as defined in Article 2 of Regulation (EU) 2017/852;
(c) substances, whether on their own, in mixture or in articles, listed in Annex I or II to Regulation (EC) No 1005/2009;
(d) substances, whether on their own, in mixtures or in an articles, listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/65/EU, except where there is full compliance with Article 4(1) of that Directive;
(e) substances, whether on their own, in mixtures or in an article, listed in Annex XVII to Regulation (EC) 1907/2006, except where there is full compliance with the conditions specified in that Annex;
(f) substances, whether on their own, in mixtures or in an article, meeting the criteria laid down in Article 57 of Regulation (EC) 1907/2006 and identified in accordance with Article 59(1) of that Regulation, except where their use has been proven to be essential for the society;
(g) other substances, whether on their own, in mixtures or in an article, that meet the criteria laid down in Article 57 of Regulation (EC) 1907/2006, except where their use has been proven to be essential for the society.
Appendix D: Generic criteria for DNSH to protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening has been completed in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU.
Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment, where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures are implemented.